Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Business Services / USA Technologies, Inc

USA Technologies, Inc

usat · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker usat
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · USA Technologies, Inc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10‑K

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017
OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________________ to _____________________
Commission file number 001-33365
USA Technologies, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

100 Deerfield Lane, Suite 300, Malvern, Pennsylvania
(Address of principal executive offices)

23‑2679963
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

19355
(Zip Code)

(610) 989‑0340

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, no par value 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

Name Of Each Exchange On Which Registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes ☐  No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes ☐  No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.   Yes ☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to
be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such files) Yes ☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10‑K  or  any  amendment  to  this
Form 10‑K. ☐
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company”
in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Act).   Yes ☐  No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity securities held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $167,436,169 as of the last business day of the
most recently completed second fiscal quarter, December 31, 2016, based upon the closing price of the Registrant’s Common Stock on that date.
As of August 7, 2017, there were 50,017,368 outstanding shares of Common Stock, no par value.

Accelerated filer ☒
Smaller reporting company ☐

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

USA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I 
Item 

PART II 
Item 

PART III 
Item 

PART IV 

1. Business.
1A. Risk Factors.
2. Properties.
3. Legal Proceedings.
4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Securities.

5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity

6. Selected Financial Data.
7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
9A. Controls and Procedures.

10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
11. Executive Compensation.
12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

2

PAGE

4
16
25
25
26

27
29
33
46
47
48
48

49
52
67
69
70

70

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10‑K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, regarding, among other things, the anticipated financial and operating results of the Company. For
this  purpose,  forward-looking  statements  are  any  statements  contained  herein  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact  and
include, but are not limited to, those preceded by or that include the words, “estimate,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “likely,”
“may,”  “will,”  “plan,”  “intend,”  “believes,”  “expects,”  “anticipates,”  “projected,”  or  similar  expressions.  Those  statements
are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause the actual results to differ materially
from  those  contemplated  by  the  statements.  The  forward-looking  information  is  based  on  various  factors  and  was  derived
using numerous assumptions.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee
future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Actual results or business conditions may differ materially
from those projected or suggested in forward-looking statements as a result of various factors including, but not limited to,
those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Form 10‑K. We cannot assure you that we have identified all the factors
that create uncertainties. Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict
all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all risks on our business or the extent to which any risk, or combination of risks,
may cause actual results to differ from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Readers should not place undue
reliance on forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Form 10‑K speaks only as of the date of this Form 10‑K. Unless required
by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after
the date of this Form 10‑K or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

3

 
Table of Contents 

PART I

Item 1. Business.

OVERVIEW

USA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

USA Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”, “We”, “USAT”, or “Our”) was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
in  January  1992.  We  are  a  provider  of  technology-enabled  solutions  and  value-added  services  that  facilitate  electronic
payment transactions primarily within the unattended Point of Sale (“POS”) market. We are a leading provider in the small
ticket,  beverage  and  food  vending  industry  and  are  expanding  our  solutions  and  services  to  other  unattended  market
segments, such as amusement, commercial laundry, kiosk and others. Since our founding, we have designed and marketed
systems  and  solutions  that  facilitate  electronic  payment  options,  as  well  as  telemetry  and  machine-to-machine  (“M2M”)
services, which include the ability to remotely monitor, control, and report on the results of distributed assets containing our
electronic payment solutions. Historically, these distributed assets have relied on cash for payment in the form of coins or
bills, whereas, our systems allow them to accept cashless payments such as through the use of credit or debit cards or other
emerging contactless forms, such as mobile payment.

We derive the majority of our revenues from license and transaction fees resulting from connections to, as well as services
provided  by,  our  ePort  Connect  service.  Connections  to  our  service  stem  from  the  sale  or  lease  of  our  POS  electronic
payment devices or certified payment software or the servicing of similar third-party installed POS terminals. The majority of
ePort Connect customers pay a monthly fee plus a blended transaction rate on the transaction dollar volume processed by the
Company. Connections to the ePort Connect service, therefore, are the most significant driver of the Company’s revenues,
particularly revenues from license and transaction fees.

As  of  June  30,  2017,  the  Company  had  approximately  568,000  connections  to  its  ePort  Connect  service,  compared  to
approximately 429,000 connections as of June 30, 2016, representing a 32.4% increase. During the fiscal year ended June 30,
2017,  the  Company  processed  approximately  414.9  million  cashless  transactions  totaling  approximately  $803.0  million  in
transaction dollars, representing a 31.4% increase in transaction volume and a 37.4% increase in dollars processed from the
315.8  million  cashless  transactions  totaling  approximately  $584.4  million  during  the  previous  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,
2016.

The  above  charts  show  the  increases  over  the  last  five  fiscal  years  in  the  number  of  connections,  revenues  and  the  dollar
value of transactions handled by us. The vertical bars depict total revenues, segmented by license and transaction fees and
equipment revenues. The solid lines depict the number of connections to our ePort Connect service and the dollar value of
transactions handled by us, as of the end of each of the last five fiscal years.

Our  solutions  and  services  have  been  designed  to  simplify  the  transition  to  cashless  for  traditionally  cash-only  based
businesses. As such, they are turn-key and include our comprehensive ePort Connect service and POS electronic payment
devices or certified payment software, which are able to process traditional magnetic stripe credit and debit cards, contactless
credit  and  debit  cards  and  mobile  payments.  Standard  services  through  ePort  Connect  are  maintained  on  our  proprietary
operating systems and include merchant account setup on behalf of the customer, automatic processing and

4

 
 
Table of Contents 

settlement, sales reporting and 24x7 customer support. Other value-added services that customers can choose from include
things such as cashless deployment planning, cashless performance review and loyalty products and services. Our solutions
also  provide  flexibility  to  execute  a  variety  of  payment  applications  on  a  single  system,  transaction  security,  connectivity
options,  compliance  with  certification  standards,  and  centralized,  accurate,  real-time  sales  and  inventory  data  to  manage
distributed assets (wireless telemetry and M2M). The ePort® Interactive, which was unveiled in April 2016, is a cloud-based
interactive media and content delivery management system and enables delivery of nutritional information, remote refunds,
loyalty programs, and multimedia-marketing campaigns for the unattended and self-serve retail markets.

Our customers range from global food service organizations to small businesses that operate primarily in the self-serve, small
ticket  retail  markets  including  beverage  and  food  vending,  amusement  and  arcade  machines,  smartphones  via  our  ePort
Online solution, commercial laundry, tolls, and various other self-serve kiosk applications as well as equipment developers or
manufacturers who incorporate our ePort Connect service into their product offerings.

We  believe  that  we  have  a  history  of  being  a  market  leader  in  cashless  payments  with  a  recognized  brand  name,  a  value-
added  proposition  for  our  customers  and  a  reputation  of  innovation  in  our  product  and  services.  We  believe  that  these
attributes position us to capitalize on industry trends.

In January 2016, the Company acquired the cloud-based content delivery platform, device platform and products, customer
base,  and  intellectual  property  of  VendScreen,  Inc.  of  Portland,  Oregon.  In  addition  to  new  technology  and  services,  the
acquisition  has  added  a  West  Coast  operational  footprint  for  the  Company,  providing  greater  efficiencies  in  operational
performance,  expanded  customer  services,  sales  and  technical  support  to  the  Company’s  customer  base.  As  a  result  of  the
acquisition,  the  Company  has  added  to  its  product  line  an  interactive  media,  content  delivery  system,  including  a  vending
application  that  provides  enhanced  vendor  management  system  (VMS)  integration  and  consumer  product  information,
including  nutritional  data.  The  technology  is  NFC  enabled  and  compatible  with  mobile  wallets  including  Apple  Pay  and
Android  Pay,  and  supports  instant  refunds,  couponing,  advertising  and  real-time  consumer  feedback  to  the  owner  and
operator.

THE INDUSTRY

We operate primarily in the small ticket electronic payments industry and, more specifically, the unattended POS market. We
also  have  the  ability  to  accept  cashless  payment  “on  the  go”  through  mobile-based  payment  services,  which  are  generally
higher ticket transactions. Our solutions and services facilitate electronic payments in industries that have traditionally relied
on cash transactions. We believe the following industry trends are driving growth in demand for electronic payment systems
in general and more specifically within the markets we serve:

·

·

·

Ongoing shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks;

Increasing demand for electronic transaction functionality from both consumers and merchant/operators; and

Improving POS technology and NFC equipped mobile phone payment technology.

Shift toward electronic payment transactions and away from cash and checks

There has been an ongoing shift away from paper-based methods of payment, including cash and checks, towards electronic-
based methods of payment. According to The Nilson Report, December 2016, paper-based methods of payment continued to
decline  in  2015,  representing  26.14%  of  transaction  dollars  measured  compared  to  28.07%  in  2014.  The  four  card-based
systems—credit,  debit,  prepaid,  and  electronic  benefits  transfer—generated  $5.665  trillion  in  the  United  States  in  2015,
59.32% of transaction dollars measured. The Nilson Report projects that, by 2019, spending at merchants in the U.S. from
the four card-based systems will grow to 67.03% of total transaction dollars measured.

5

 
Table of Contents 

Increase in Consumer and Merchant/Operator Demand for Electronic Payments

Increase in Consumer Demand.  The unattended, vending and kiosk POS market has historically been dominated by cash
purchases.  However,  oftentimes,  cash  purchases  at  unattended  POS  locations  represent  a  cumbersome  transaction  for  the
consumer because they do not have the correct monetary value (paper or coin), or the consumer does not have the ability to
convert their bills into coins. We believe electronic payment system providers such as the Company that can meet consumers’
demand within the unattended market will be able to offer retailers, card associations, card issuers and payment processors
and  business  owners  an  expanding  value  proposition  at  the  POS.  Based  upon  our  survey  of  selected  vending  machines
connected  to  our  service  over  a  recent  twelve  month  period,  we  estimate  that  average  annual  cashless  sales  per  machine
increased  by  approximately  44%  from  those  of  a  prior  twelve  month  period,  and  cashless  sales  as  a  percentage  of  total
machine  sales  (cashless  and  cash)  increased  by  15%  from  those  of  such  prior  twelve  month  period.  In  addition,  average
consumer  purchases  during  the  recent  twelve  month  period  in  which  the  consumer  utilized  a  credit  or  debit  card  were
approximately 35% higher than purchases where the consumer utilized cash.

Increase in Merchant/Operator Demand.    We  believe  that,  increasingly,  merchants  and  operators  of  unattended  payment
locations (e.g., vending machines, laundry, tabletop games, etc.) are utilizing electronic payment alternatives as a means to
improve business results. The Company works with its customers to help them drive increased revenue of their distributed
assets  through  this  expanded  market  opportunity.  In  addition,  electronic  payment  systems  can  provide  merchants  and
operators real-time sales and inventory data utilized for back-office reporting and forecasting, like the Company’s solutions
and services, helping them to manage their business more efficiently.

Increase in Demand for Networked Assets. M2M (machine-to-machine) technology includes capturing value from wireless
modules and electronic devices to improve business productivity and customer service. The term M2M describes any kind of
2‑way communication system between geographically distributed devices through a centrally managed software application
without  human  intervention  and  as  such,  the  Company’s  integrated  POS  and  ePort  Connect  remote  data  management
capabilities  fall  into  this  category  of  solution.  In  addition,  networked  assets  can  provide  valuable  information  regarding
consumers’  purchasing  patterns  and  payment  preferences,  allowing  operators  to  more  effectively  tailor  their  offerings  to
consumers. Gartner, Inc. forecasted that 6.4 billion connected things would be in use worldwide in 2016, with 5.5 million
new  things  getting  connected  every  day,  and  will  reach  20.8  billion  by  2020.  The  Company  believes  that  its  expertise  in
integrating cashless payments, its scalable network data capacity, its proven ability to handle high transaction volume, and its
high quality and reliable data management capabilities make it well suited for the growing opportunities in the M2M market.

POS Technology and NFC Equipped Mobile Phone Payment Improvements

Consumer  Interest  in  Mobile  Payment.  NFC,  or  Near  Field  Communication,  is  a  short  range  wireless  connectivity
technology that uses electromagnetic radio fields to enable communication between devices when there is a physical touch,
or when they are within close proximity to one another. We believe that POS contactless terminals that are enabled to accept
NFC payments and digital wallet applications, such as Google Wallet, Chase Pay, Apple Pay, the recently introduced Android
Pay, and others, stand to benefit from these evolving trends in mobile payment. Digital wallet is essentially a digital service,
accessed via the web or a mobile phone application that serves as a substitute for the traditional credit or debit card. Providers
can also market directly to targeted consumers with coupons and loyalty programs.

As  approximately  475,000  of  the  Company’s  connections  are  contactless  enabled  to  accept  NFC  payments  (in  addition  to
magnetic stripe cards) as of June 30, 2017, we believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from this emerging space.

OUR TECHNOLOGY-BASED SOLUTION

Our  solutions  have  been  designed  to  be  turn-key  and  include  the  ePort  Connect  service,  POS  electronic  payment  devices,
certified  payment  software  able  to  process  traditional  magnetic  stripe  credit  and  debit  cards,  contactless  credit  and  debit
cards, and NFC equipped mobile phones that allow consumers to make payments with their cell phones. We believe that our
ability to bundle our products and services, as well as the ability to tailor and customize them to individual customer needs,
makes it easy and efficient for our customers to adopt and deploy our technology, and results in a service unmatched in the
small-ticket, unattended retail market today.

The  Product.  The  Company  offers  its  customers  several  different  devices  or  software  to  connect  their  distributed  assets.
These range from our QuickConnect™ Web service, more fully described below under the section “OUR PRODUCTS”,

6

 
Table of Contents 

and encrypted magnetic stripe card readers to our ePort® hardware that can be attached to the door of a stand-alone terminal.

The Network.  Our  network  is  designed  to  transmit  payment  information  from  our  customers’  terminals  for  processing  and
sales  and  diagnostic  data  for  storage  and  reporting  to  our  customers.  Also,  the  network,  through  server-based  software
applications, provides remote management information, and enables control of the networked device’s functionality. Through
our network we have the ability to upload software and update devices remotely enabling us to manage the devices easily and
efficiently (e.g., change protocol functionality, provide software upgrades, and change terminal display messages).

The Connectivity Mediums. The client devices (described above) are interconnected for the transfer of our customers’ data
through  our  ePort  Connect  network  that  provides  multiple  connectivity  options  such  as  phone  line,  ethernet,  and  wireless.
Increased  wireless  connectivity  options,  coverage  and  reliability  have  allowed  us  to  service  a  greater  number  of
geographically dispersed customer locations. Additionally, we make it easy for our customers to deploy wireless solutions by
acting as a single point of contact. We have contracted with Verizon Wireless in order to supply our customers with wireless
network coverage.

Data  Security.  We  are  listed  on  the  VISA  Global  Registry  of  Service  Providers,  meaning  that  VISA  has  reviewed  and
accepted  the  Report  on  Compliance  (RoC)  from  our  authorized  Payment  Card  Industry  (“PCI”)  assessor  as  a  PCI  DSS
Service Provider. Our entry on this registry is renewed annually, and our current entry is valid through January 31, 2018. The
VISA listing can be found online at http://www.visa.com/splisting/searchGrsp.do.

OUR SERVICES

For  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2017,  license  and  transaction  fees  generated  by  our  ePort  Connect  service  represented
66.4% of the Company’s revenues. Our ePort Connect solution provides customers with all of the following services, under
one cohesive service umbrella:

·

·

Diverse POS options. Ability to connect to a broad product line of cashless acceptance devices or software.

Card Processing Services. Through our existing relationships with card processors and card associations, we provide
merchant  account  and  terminal  ID  set  up,  pre-negotiated  discounted  fees  on  small  ticket  purchases,  and  direct
electronic funds transfers (EFTs) to our customers’ bank accounts for all settled card transactions as well as ensure
compliance with current processing guidelines.

· Wireless  Connectivity.  We  manage  wireless  account  activations,  distributions,  and  relationships  with  wireless

providers for our customers, if needed.

·

·

Customer/Consumer Services. We support our installed base by providing 24‑hour help desk support, repairs, and
replacement of impaired system solutions. In addition, all inbound billing inquiries are handled through a 24‑hour
help  desk,  thereby  eliminating  the  need  for  our  customers  to  deal  with  consumer  billing  inquiries  and  potential
chargebacks.

Online Sales Reporting. Via the USALive online reporting system, we provide customers with a host of sales and
operational data, including information regarding their credit and cash transactions, user configuration, reporting by
machine and region, by date range and transaction type, data reports for operations and finance, graphical reporting
of sales, and condition monitoring for equipment service, as well as activation of new devices and redeployments.

· M2M Telemetry and DEX data transfer. DEX, an acronym for digital exchange, is the Vending Industry’s standard
way  to  communicate  information  such  as  sales,  cash  in  bill  validators,  coins  in  coin  boxes,  sales  of  units  by
selection, pricing, door openings, and much more. The Company is able to remotely transfer and push DEX data to
customers’  route  management  systems  through  its  DEX  partner  program.  The  Company  operates  within  the  VDI
(Vending Data Interchange) standards established by NAMA (National Automatic Merchandising Association) and
sends DEX files compatible with most major remote management software systems.

7

 
Table of Contents 

·

·

·

·

Over-the-Air  Update  Capabilities.  Automatic  over-the-air  updates  to  software,  settings,  and  features  from  our
network to our ePort card reader keep our customers’ hardware up-to-date and enable customers to benefit from any
advancement made after their hardware or software purchase.

Value-added Services. Access to additional services such as MORE, our loyalty program, two-tier pricing, special
promotions  such  as  our  nationwide  Apple  Pay  mobile  payment  for  vending  customers,  as  well  as  a  menu  of
hardware purchasing options including our JumpStart and QuickStart programs.

Deployment  Planning.  Access  to  services  to  help  operators  successfully  deploy  cashless  payment  systems  and
integrated solutions that is based on our extensive market and customer experience data.

Premium  Services.  USAT  offers  Premium  Services  to  support  our  customers  that  fully  leverages  the  Company’s
industry  expertise  and  access  to  data.  These  services  include  planning,  project  management,  installation  support,
marketing and performance evaluation.

We enter into an ePort Connect Services Agreement, our processing and licensing agreement, with our customers pursuant to
which we act as a provider of cashless financial services for the customer’s distributed assets, and the customer agrees to pay
us an activation fee, monthly service fees, and transaction processing fees either pursuant to this agreement or another related
agreement,  such  as  a  purchase  order.  Our  agreements  are  generally  cancelable  by  the  customer  upon  thirty  to  sixty  days’
notice to us. It typically takes thirty to sixty days for a new connection to begin contributing to the Company’s license and
transaction fee revenues.

The Company counts its ePort connections upon shipment of an active terminal to a customer under contract, at which time
activation  on  its  network  is  performed  by  the  Company,  and  the  terminal  is  capable  of  conducting  business  via  the
Company’s network and related services. An ePort connection does not necessarily mean that the unit is actually installed by
the  customer  on  a  machine,  or  that  the  unit  has  begun  processing  transactions,  or  that  the  Company  has  begun
receiving  monthly  service  fees  in  connection  with  the  unit.  Rather,  at  the  time  of  shipment  of  the  ePort,  the  customer
becomes obligated to pay the one-time activation fee (if applicable), and is obligated to pay monthly service fees and lease
payments (if applicable) in accordance with the terms of the customer’s contract with the Company.

OUR PRODUCTS

ePort is the Company’s core device, which is currently being utilized in self-service, unattended markets such as vending,
amusement and arcade, and various other kiosk applications. Our ePort product facilitates cashless payments by capturing
payment  information  and  transmitting  it  to  our  network  for  authorization  with  the  payment  system  (e.g.,  credit  card
processors). Additional capabilities of our ePort consist of control/access management by authorized users, collection of audit
information (e.g., date and time of sale and sales amount), diagnostic information of the host equipment, and transmission of
this data back to our network for web-based reporting, or to a compatible remote management system. Our ePort products are
available  in  several  distinctive  modular  configurations,  and  as  hardware,  software  or  as  an  API  Web  service,  offering  our
customers flexibility to install a POS solution that best fits their needs and consumer demands.

·

·

·

·

·

ePort Edge™ is a one-piece design and is intended for those customers who require a magnetic swipe-only cashless
system with basic features at a lower price point.

ePort G‑8 is a two-piece design that supports traditional magnetic stripe credit/debit cards and contactless cards. The
ePort G8 telemeter is also available as a stand-alone DEX telemetry solution.

ePort G‑9 has been designed to offer all the features of the G‑8 plus additional new features that support expanded
acceptance options, consumer engagement offerings and advanced diagnostics.

ePort  G10-S  is  a  4G  LTE  cashless  payment  device  that  enables  faster  processing  and  enhanced  functionality  for
payment and consumer engagement applications that require higher speeds and large data loads.

ePort Interactive is a cloud-based interactive media and content delivery management system, enabling delivery of
nutritional  information,  remote  refunds,  loyalty  programs,  and  multimedia-marketing  for  the  unattended  and  self-
serve retail markets.

8

 
Table of Contents 

·

QuickConnect  is  a  Web  service  that  allows  a  client  application  to  securely  interface  with  the  Company’s  ePort
Connect  service.  QuickConnect  essentially  replaces  ePort  SDK  (software  development  kit),  which  captured  our
ePort technology in software form for PC-based devices such as kiosks.

Other forms of our ePort technology include:

·

·

eSuds,  our  solution  developed  for  the  commercial  laundry  industry  that  enables  laundry  operators  to  provide
customers  cashless  transactions  via  the  use  of  their  credit  cards,  debit  cards  and  other  payment  mediums  such  as
student IDs. Effective with the April 2013 mutually exclusive agreement with Setomatic Systems, we are no longer
selling  the  entire  eSuds  solution  to  new  customers,  but  we  continue  to  provide  processing  services  for  laundry
machines equipped with cashless hardware supplied by Setomatic Systems.

ePort Online, enables customers to use USALive to securely process cards typically held on file for the purpose of
online billing and recurring charges. ePort Online helps USAT’s customers reduce paper invoicing and collections.

SPECIFIC MARKETS WE SERVE

Our current customers are primarily in the self-serve, small ticket retail markets including beverage and food vending and
kiosk,  commercial  laundry,  car  wash,  tolls,  amusement  and  gaming,  and  office  coffee.  We  estimate  that  there  are
approximately  13  million  to  15  million  potential  connections  in  this  self-serve,  small  ticket  retail  market.  The  568,000
connections to our service as of June 30, 2017 constitute only 4% of these potential connections. While these industry sectors
represent only a small fraction of our total market potential, as described below, these are the areas where we have gained the
most traction to date. In addition to being our current primary markets, we believe these sectors serve as a proof-of-concept
for other unattended POS industry applications.

Vending. According to Vending Times’ 2014 Census of the Industry, annual U.S. sales in the vending industry sector were
estimated to be approximately $43 billion in 2013 transacted by approximately 4.5 million machines. The Company believes
these  machines  represent  a  significant  market  opportunity  for  electronic  payment  conversion  when  compared  to  the
Company’s existing ePort Connect service base and the overall low rate of industry adoption to date. For example, in another
study  conducted  by  Automatic  Merchandiser  (State  of  the  Vending  Industry,  June  2015)  that  included  a  representative  5.1
million machines, cashless adoption was estimated at only 11% in 2014, up from 7% in 2012. With the continued shift to
electronic payments and the advancement in mobile and POS technology, we believe that the traditional beverage and food
vending industry will continue to look to cashless payments and telemetry systems to improve their business results.

Kiosk.  According to IHL Group’s September 2013 Market Study on Self-Service Kiosks, approximately $822 billion was
transacted through self-service kiosks in 2012, which represents an increase of 5.9% from 2011. We believe that kiosks are
becoming increasingly popular as credit, debit or contactless payment options enable kiosks to sell an increased variety of
items.  In  addition,  the  study  points  to  the  increasing  trend  toward  self-sufficiency,  where  time  is  the  most  important
commodity of the consumer. As merchants continue to seek new ways to reach their customers through kiosk applications,
we  believe  the  need  for  a  reliable  cashless  payment  provider  experienced  with  machine  integration,  PCI  compliance  and
cashless  payment  services  designed  specifically  for  the  unattended  market  will  be  of  increasing  value  in  this  market.  Our
existing kiosk customers integrate with our cashless payment services via our QuickConnect Web service using one of our
encrypted readers or ePort POS technologies.

Laundry. Our primary targets in laundry consist of the coin-operated commercial laundry and multi-housing laundry markets.
According  to  the  Coin  Laundry  Association,  the  U.S.  commercial  laundry  industry  was  comprised  of  about  35,000  coin
laundries  in  the  U.S.  in  2015  that  our  partner,  Setomatic  Systems,  estimated  translates  to  roughly  2.5  million  commercial
washers  and  dryers.  The  Coin  Laundry  Association  estimated  gross  annual  revenue  in  the  laundromat  market  at  nearly  $5
billion annually.

9

 
Table of Contents 

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe that we benefit from a number of advantages gained through our nearly twenty-five year history in our industry.
They include:

1. One-Stop Shop, End-to-End Solution. We believe that our ability to offer our customers one point of contact through a
bundled  cashless  payment  solution  makes  it  easy  and  efficient  for  our  customers  to  adopt  and  deploy  our  electronic
payment solutions and results in a service that is unmatched in the small ticket, self-service retail market today. To our
knowledge,  other  cashless  payment  solutions  available  in  the  market  today  require  the  operator  to  set  up  their  own
accounts for cashless processing and manage multiple service providers (i.e., hardware terminal manufacturer, wireless
network  provider,  and/or  credit  card  processor).  We  interface  directly  with  our  card  processor  and  wireless  service
provider, and, with our hardware solutions, are able to offer a bundled solution to our customers.

2. Trusted Brand Name. We believe that the ePort has a strong national reputation for quality, reliability, and innovation.
We believe that card associations, payment processors, and merchants/operators trust our system solutions and services
to handle financial transactions in a secure operating environment. Our trusted brand name is best exemplified by our
high level of customer retention, numerous exclusive three-year agreements with customers for use of our ePort Connect
service. We have agreements with partners like Visa, MasterCard, Chase Paymentech and Verizon Wireless as well as
several one-way exclusive relationships which we have solidified with leading organizations within the unattended POS
industry, including Setomatic Systems, AMI Entertainment Network, Inc., Innovative Foto, and Air-Serv.

3. Market  Leadership.  We  believe  we  have  one  of  the  largest  installed  bases  of  Unattended  POS  electronic  payment
systems  in  the  unattended  small  ticket  retail  market  for  food  and  beverage  and  we  are  continuing  to  expand  to  other
adjacent  markets  such  as  laundry,  amusement,  and  gaming  and  kiosks.  As  of  June  30,  2017,  we  had  approximately
568,000 connections to our network. Our installed base supports our sales and marketing initiatives by enhancing our
ability  to  establish  or  expand  our  market  position.  In  addition,  this  data  in  combination  with  our  industry  experts  and
analysis enables us to offer Premium Services to our customers to help them deploy and better leverage our technology
in their locations. We believe our installed base also provides multiple opportunities for referrals for new business, either
from the merchant or operator of the deployed asset or through one of our several strategic partnerships.

4. Attractive Value Proposition for Our Customers. We believe that our solutions provide our customers an attractive value
proposition. Our solutions and services make possible increased purchases by consumers who in the past were limited to
the  physical  cash  on  hand  while  making  a  purchase  at  an  unattended  terminal,  thereby  increasing  the  universe  of
potential  customers  and  the  size  of  the  purchases  of  those  customers.  In  addition,  value-added  offerings  and  services
such as Two-Tier Pricing, which allows the operator to charge different amounts for the same product depending upon
whether the consumer chooses to pay by cash or credit/debit, and M2M telemetry provide operators with the ability to
pursue  additional  opportunities  to  reduce  costs  and  improve  operating  efficiencies.  Lastly,  new  consumer  engagement
services  further  extend  the  potential  for  customers  to  build  new  revenue  opportunities,  customer  loyalty  and  brand
distinction. One of such services is provided through the ePort Interactive platform, our cloud-based interactive media
and  content  delivery  management  system,  which  enables  delivery  of  nutritional  information,  remote  refunds,  loyalty
programs, and multimedia-marketing campaigns for the unattended and self-serve retail markets.

5.

Increasing Scale and Financial Stability. Due to the continued growth in connections to the Company’s ePort Connect
service, during the 2017 fiscal year, 66.4% of the Company’s revenues were from licensing and processing fees which
are recurring in nature. We believe that this growing scale provides us improved financial stability and the footprint to
market and distribute our products and services more effectively and in more markets than most of our competitors.

6. Customer-Focused  Research  and  Development.  Our  research  and  development  initiatives  focus  primarily  on  adding
features and functionality to our electronic payment solutions based on customer input and emerging market trends. As
of  June  30,  2017,  we  had  73  patents  (US  and  International)  in  force,  and  3  United  States  and  10  international  patent
applications  pending.  We  have  generated  considerable  intellectual  property  and  know-how  associated  with  creating  a
seamless, end-to-end experience for our customers.

10

 
Table of Contents 

OUR GROWTH OPPORTUNITY

Our  primary  objective  is  to  continue  to  enhance  our  position  as  a  leading  provider  of  technology  that  enables  electronic
payment transactions and value-added services primarily at small-ticket, self-service retail locations such as vending, kiosks,
commercial  laundry,  and  other  similar  markets.  We  plan  to  execute  our  growth  strategy  organically  and  through  strategic
acquisitions.  The  Company  believes  its  service-approach  business  model  can  create  a  high-margin  stream  of  recurring
revenues that could create a foundation for long-term value and continued growth. Key elements of our strategy are to:

Drive Growth in Connections

Leverage  Existing  Customers/Partners.  We  have  a  solid  base  of  key  customers  across  multiple  markets,  particularly  in
vending,  that  have  currently  deployed  our  solutions  and  services  to  just  a  small  portion  of  their  deployed  base.
Approximately  93%  of  our  new  connections  during  the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  ended  June  30,  2017  were  from  existing
customers. We estimate that our current customers represent approximately 2.0 million potential connections. Based on the
568,000 connections to our service as of June 30, 2017, there remain approximately 1.4 million potential connections from
our current customers that could be connected to our service. As a result, they are a key component of our plan to drive future
sales.  We  have  worked  to  build  these  relationships,  drive  future  deployments,  and  develop  customized  network  interfaces.
Our  customers  have  seen  the  benefits  of  our  products  and  services  first-hand  and  we  believe  they  represent  the  largest
opportunity to scale connections to our service.

Expand Distribution and Sales Reach. We are intently focused on driving profitable growth through efficient sales channels.
Our sales resources and new distribution relationships have led to approximately 1,650 new ePort Connect customers as well
as increased penetration in markets such as amusement and arcade, and commercial laundry in fiscal year 2017.

Further  Penetrate  Attractive  Adjacent  Markets.  We  plan  to  continue  to  introduce  our  turn-key  solutions  and  services  to
various  adjacent  markets  such  as  the  broad-based  kiosk  market  and  other  similar  markets  by  leveraging  our  expertise  in
cashless payment integration combined with the capacity and uniqueness of our ePort Connect solution.

Capitalize on Opportunities in International Markets. We are currently focused on the U.S. and Canadian markets for our
ePort  devices  and  related  ePort  Connect  service  but  may  seek  to  establish  a  presence  in  electronic  payment  markets  in
Europe, Asia, and Latin America. In order to do so, however, we would have to invest in additional sales and marketing and
research  and  development  resources  targeted  towards  these  regions.  At  this  time,  the  Company  believes  the  most  efficient
route to these markets will be achieved by optimizing and coordinating opportunities with its global partners and customers.
Our energy management devices have been shipped to customers located in North America, Europe, and Asia.

Expanding the Value of our Service

Capitalize  on  the  emerging  NFC  and  growing  mobile  payments  trends.  With  approximately  83%  of  our  connected  base
contactless enabled to accept NFC payments (including mobile wallets), the Company believes that continued increases in
consumer preferences towards contactless payments, including mobile wallets like Apple Pay and Android Pay, represent a
significant  opportunity  for  the  Company  to  further  drive  adoption.  According  to  a  market  research  study  conducted  in
June 2015, almost one in six US consumers (15%) had used a mobile wallet in the past six months, up from 9% in the same
period in 2013, and an additional 22% are likely to adopt mobile wallet functionality in the coming six months (The Future of
the Mobile Wallet - Chadwick Martin Bailey). As consumers continue to adopt these new methods of cashless payments, it is
our belief that adoption will continue to accelerate at a rapid pace and result in more rapid adoption of cashless solutions like
the Company’s ePort in the markets that we serve.

Continuous Innovation. We are continuously enhancing our solutions and services in order to satisfy our customers and the
end-consumers relying on our products at the POS locations. Our product innovation team is always working to enhance the
design,  size,  and  speed  of  data  transmission,  as  well  as  security  and  compatibility  with  other  electronic  payment  solution
providers’ technologies. We believe our continued innovation will lead to further adoption of USAT’s solutions and services
in the unattended POS payments market.

Comprehensive Service and Support. In addition to its industry-leading ePort cashless payments system, the Company seeks
to provide its customers with a comprehensive, value-added ePort Connect service that is designed to encourage

11

 
Table of Contents 

optimal  ROI  through  business  planning  and  performance  optimization;  business  metrics  through  the  Company’s
KnowledgeBase  of  data;  a  loyalty  and  rewards  program  for  consumer  engagement;  marketing  strategy  and  executional
support; sales data and machine alerts; DEX data transmission; and the ability to extend cashless payments capabilities and
the  full  suite  of  services  across  multiple  aspects  of  an  operator’s  business  including  micro-markets  contract  food  industry,
online payments and mobile payments.

Leverage Intellectual Property.  Through  June  30,  2017,  we  have  73  U.S.  and  foreign  patents  in  force  that  contain  various
claims, including claims relating to payment processing, networking and energy management devices. In addition, we own
numerous trademarks, copyrights, and trade secrets. We will continue to explore ways to leverage this intellectual property in
order to add value for our customers, attain an increased share of the market, and generate licensing revenues.

SALES AND MARKETING

The Company’s sales strategy includes both direct sales and channel development, depending on the particular dynamics of
each of our markets. Our marketing strategy is diversified and includes media relations, direct mail, conferences, and client
referrals. As of June 30, 2017, the Company was marketing and selling its products through its full and part-time sales staff
consisting of 18 people.

Direct Sales

Our direct sales efforts are currently primarily focused on the beverage and food vending industry, although we continue to
further develop our presence in our ancillary market segments.

Indirect Sales/ Distribution

As part of our strategy to expand our sales reach while optimizing resources, we also have agreements with select resellers in
the car wash, amusement and arcade, and vending markets. We also have a strategic marketing relationship in the commercial
laundry market that makes the Company the exclusive service provider to Setomatic Systems’ POS offering, SpyderWash.
We have also entered into agreements with resellers and distributors in connection with our energy management products.

Marketing

include  creating  company  and  product  presence  on 

Our marketing strategy includes advertising and outreach initiatives designed to build brand awareness, make clear USAT’s
competitive strengths, and prove the value of our services to our target markets-both for existing and prospective customers.
Activities 
including  www.usatech.com  and
www.energymisers.com, digital advertising, SEO (Search Engine Optimization), and social media; the use of direct mail and
email campaigns; educational and instructional online training sessions; advertising in vertically-oriented trade publications;
participating  in  industry  tradeshows  and  events;  and  working  closely  with  customers  and  key  strategic  partners  on  co-
marketing opportunities and new, innovative solutions that drive customer and consumer adoption of our services.

the  web 

IMPORTANT RELATIONSHIPS

Verizon Wireless

In April 2011, we signed an agreement with Verizon for access to their digital wireless wide area network for the transport of
data, including credit card transactions and inventory management data. The initial term of the agreement was three years,
which was extended until April 2016. At the end of the term, the agreement automatically renews for successive one month
periods unless terminated by either party upon thirty days’ notice.

On  September  21,  2011,  the  Company  and  Verizon  entered  into  a  Joint  Marketing  Addendum  (the  “Verizon  Agreement”)
which amended the agreement described above. Pursuant to the Verizon Agreement, the Company and Verizon would work
together  to  help  identify  business  opportunities  for  the  Company’s  products  and  services.  Verizon  may  introduce  the
Company to existing or potential Verizon customers that Verizon believes are potential purchasers of the Company’s products
or  services,  and  may  attend  sales  calls  with  the  Company  made  to  these  customers.  The  Company  and  Verizon  would
collaborate on marketing and communications materials that would be used by each of them to educate and inform

12

 
Table of Contents 

customers regarding their joint marketing work. Verizon has the right to list the Company’s products and services in its Data
Solutions Guide for use by its sales and marketing employees and in its external website. The Verizon Marketing Agreement
is terminable by either party upon 45 days’ notice.

VISA

As of November 14, 2014, we entered into a three-year agreement with Visa U.S.A. Inc. (“Visa”), pursuant to which Visa has
agreed to continue to make available to the Company certain promotional interchange reimbursement fees for small ticket
debit  and  credit  card  transactions.  As  previously  reported,  following  implementation  of  the  Durbin  Amendment,  Visa  had
significantly increased its interchange fees for small ticket regulated debit card transactions effective October 1, 2011. The
promotional  interchange  reimbursement  fees  provided  by  the  aforementioned  agreement  will  continue  until  October  31,
2017.

MasterCard

On  January  12,  2015,  we  entered  into  a  three-year  MasterCard  Acceptance  Agreement  (“MasterCard  Agreement”)  with
MasterCard  International  Incorporated  ("MasterCard"),  pursuant  to  which  MasterCard  has  agreed  to  make  available  to  us
reduced interchange rates for small ticket debit card transactions in certain merchant category codes. As previously reported,
MasterCard  had  significantly  increased  its  interchange  rates  for  small  ticket  regulated  debit  card  transactions  effective
October  1,  2011,  and  as  a  result,  the  Company  ceased  accepting  MasterCard  debit  card  products  in  mid-November  2011.
Pursuant  to  the  MasterCard  Agreement,  however,  the  Company  is  currently  accepting  MasterCard  debit  card  products  for
small ticket debit card transactions in the unattended beverage and food vending merchant category code. The Company and
MasterCard entered into a first amendment on April 27, 2015, pursuant to which the conditions under, or the transactions to,
which the MasterCard custom pricing would be available, was amended. The reduced interchange rates became effective on
April 20, 2015.

Chase Paymentech

We entered into a five-year Third Party Payment Processor Agreement, dated April 24, 2015 with Paymentech, LLC, through
its  member,  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.  (“Chase  Paymentech”),  pursuant  to  which  Chase  Paymentech  will  act  as  the
provider  of  credit  and  debit  card  transaction  processing  services  (including  authorization,  conveyance  and  settlement  of
transactions) to the Company and its customers. The Agreement provides that Chase Paymentech will act as the exclusive
provider of transaction processing services to the Company and its customers for at least 250 million transactions per year.
The  Agreement  provides  that  Chase  Paymentech  may  modify  the  pricing  for  its  services  upon  30‑days’  notice,  and  in
connection with certain such increases, the Company has the right to terminate the Agreement upon 120‑days’ notice.

Compass/Foodbuy

On  June  30,  2009,  we  entered  into  a  Master  Purchase  Agreement  (“MPA”)  with  Foodbuy,  LLC  (“Foodbuy”),  the
procurement  company  for  Compass  Group  USA,  Inc.  (“Compass”)  and  other  customers.  The  MPA  provides,  among  other
things that, for a period of thirty-six months, Foodbuy, on behalf of Compass, shall utilize USAT as the sole credit or debit
card vending system hardware and related software and connect services provider for not less than seventy-five percent of the
vending  machines  of  Compass  utilizing  cashless  payments  solutions.  The  MPA  also  provides  that,  for  a  period  of  thirty-
six  months  from  the  effective  date  of  the  agreement,  USAT  shall  be  a  preferred  supplier  and  provider  to  Foodbuy  and  its
customers,  including  Compass,  of  USAT’s  products  and  services.  The  MPA  automatically  renews  for  successive  one-year
periods unless terminated by either party upon sixty days’ notice prior to the end of any such one year renewal period. In
addition, on July 1, 2009, USAT and Compass, in conjunction with the MPA described above, also entered into a three-year
ePort Connect Services Agreement pursuant to which USAT will provide Compass with all card processing, data, network,
communications and financial services, and DEX telemetry data services required in connection with all Compass vending
machines utilizing ePorts. The agreement automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless terminated by either
party upon sixty days’ notice prior to the end of any such one-year renewal period. During the fiscal year ended June 30,
2017, Compass represented approximately 25% of our total revenues.

13

 
Table of Contents 

AMI Entertainment

On August 22, 2011, we entered into an exclusive three-year agreement with AMI Entertainment (“AMI”) as their exclusive
processor of credit and debit cards and other electronic payments in connection with equipment operated on AMI’s network
in the U.S. and Canada. The agreement is subject to renewal for one-year periods thereafter, subject to notice of non-renewal
by either party. AMI manufactures various types of amusement, entertainment and music equipment for sale to third party
users.

Setomatic Systems

In April 2013, we entered into a three-year exclusive agreement with Setomatic Systems (“Setomatic”), a privately owned
and  operated  developer  and  manufacturer  of  both  open  and  closed  loop  card  payment  systems,  drop  coin  meters  and
electronic  timers  for  the  commercial  laundry  industry.  Under  the  terms  of  the  agreement,  the  Company,  through  our  ePort
Connect®  service,  will  act  as  the  exclusive  service  provider  for  all  credit/debit  card  processing  for  all  new  customers  of
Setomatic’s  SpyderWash,  a  credit/debit  card  acceptance  product.  Similarly,  the  Company  will  market  its  ePort  Connect
service in the United States laundry market exclusively through Setomatic. The agreement is subject to renewal for one-year
periods after the initial three-year term, subject to notice of non-renewal by either party.

QUICK START PROGRAM

In order to reduce customers’ upfront capital costs associated with the ePort hardware, the Company makes available to its
customers the Quick Start program, pursuant to which the customer would enter into a five-year non-cancelable lease with
either the Company or a third-party leasing company for the devices. At the end of the lease period, the customer would have
the option to purchase the device for a nominal fee.

From its introduction in September 2014 and through approximately mid-March 2015, the Company entered into these leases
directly  with  its  customers.  In  the  third  and  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2015,  however,  the  Company  signed  vendor
agreements with two leasing companies, whereby our customers could enter into leases directly with the leasing companies.

There  has  been  a  shift  by  our  customers  from  acquiring  our  product  via  JumpStart,  which  accounted  for  9%  of  our  gross
connections in fiscal year 2016, and for 7% of our gross connections in fiscal year 2017, to QuickStart or a straight purchase,
which accounted for approximately 93% of gross connections in fiscal year 2017. The shift to a straight purchase, along with
our  ability  to  increase  cash  collections  under  QuickStart  sales  by  utilizing  leasing  companies,  improves  cash  provided  by
operating activities.

Due to the success of the QuickStart program as measured by customer utilization of the program and the positive impact on
the Company’s cash flows from operating activities when a leasing company is utilized, the Company intends to expand this
program by entering into additional vendor agreements with leasing companies and/or expanding its relationship with the two
incumbent leasing companies.

JUMP START PROGRAM

Pursuant  to  the  JumpStart  Program,  customers  acquire  the  ePort  cashless  device  at  no  upfront  cost  by  paying  a
higher monthly service fee, avoiding the need to make a major upfront capital investment. The Company would continue to
own the ePort device utilized by its customer. At the time of the shipment of the ePort device, the customer is obligated to
pay to the Company a one-time activation fee, and is later obligated to pay monthly ePort Connect service fees in accordance
with the terms of the customer’s contract with the Company, in addition to transaction processing fees generated from the
device. In fiscal year 2017, the Company added approximately 7% of its gross connections through JumpStart.

MANUFACTURING

The Company utilizes independent third party companies for the manufacturing of its products. Our internal manufacturing
process  mainly  consists  of  quality  assurance  of  materials  and  testing  of  finished  goods  received  from  our  contract
manufacturers. We have not entered into a long-term contract with our contract manufacturers, nor have we agreed to

14

 
Table of Contents 

commit to purchase certain quantities of materials or finished goods from our manufacturers beyond those submitted under
routine purchase orders, typically covering short-term forecasts.

COMPETITION

We  are  a  leading  provider  of  cashless  payments  systems  for  the  small-ticket,  unattended  market  and  believe  we  have  the
largest installed base of unattended POS electronic payment systems in the beverage and food vending industry. Factors that
we  consider  to  be  our  competitive  advantages  are  described  above  under  “OUR  COMPETITIVE  STRENGTHS.”  Our
competitors are increasingly and actively marketing  products and services that compete with our products and services in the
vending space including manufacturers who may include in their new vending machines their own (or another third party’s)
cashless  payment  systems  and  services.  These  major  competitors  include  Crane  Payment  Innovations  and  Cantaloupe
Systems, Inc. While we believe our products and services are superior to our competitors’, many of our competitors are much
larger  enterprises  and  have  substantially  greater  revenues.  In  addition  to  these  competitors,  there  are  also  numerous  credit
card  processors  that  offer  card  processing  services  to  traditional  retail  establishments  that  could  decide  to  offer  similar
services to the industries that we serve.

In  the  cashless  laundry  market,  our  joint  solution  with  Setomatic  Systems  competes  with  hardware  manufacturers,  who
provide  joint  solutions  to  their  customers  in  partnership  with  payment  processors,  and  with  at  least  one  competitor  who
provides an integrated hardware and payment processing solution.

TRADEMARKS, PROPRIETARY INFORMATION, AND PATENTS

The  Company  owns  US  federal  registrations  for  the  following  trademarks  and  service  marks:  Blue  Light  Sequence®,
Business Express®, CM2iQ®, Creating Value Through Innovation®, EnergyMiser®, ePort®, ePort Connect®, ePort Edge®,
ePort  GO®,  ePort  Mobile®,  eSuds®,  Intelligent  Vending®,  Public  PC®,  SnackMiser®,  TransAct®,  USA  Technologies®
USALive®, VendingMiser®, PC EXPRESS®, VENDSCREEN® and VM2iQ®. The Company owns pending applications
for US federal registration of the following trademarks and service marks: Horizontal Blue Light Sequence™, and MORE.

Much of the technology developed or to be developed by the Company is subject to trade secret protection. To reduce the risk
of loss of trade secret protection through disclosure, the Company has entered into confidentiality agreements with its key
employees. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in maintaining such trade secret protection, that
they  will  be  recognized  as  trade  secrets  by  a  court  of  law,  or  that  others  will  not  capitalize  on  certain  aspects  of  the
Company’s technology.

Through  June  30,  2017,  96  patents  have  been  granted  to  the  Company,  including  81  United  States  patents  and  15  foreign
patents, and 3 United States and 10 international patent applications are pending. Of the 96 patents, 73 are still in force. Our
patents expire between 2017 and 2035.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Research and development expenses, which are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations, were approximately $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2017,
 2016 and 2015, respectively.

EMPLOYEES

As of June 30, 2017, the Company had 91 full-time employees and 10 part-time employees.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We have a history of losses since inception and if we continue to incur losses, the price of our shares can be expected to
fall.

We experienced losses from inception through June 30, 2012, with net income for the years ended June 30, 2013 and June 30,
2014. However, we experienced losses for the fiscal years 2015, 2016, and 2017, and continued profitability is not assured.
From our inception through June 30, 2017, our cumulative losses from operations are approximately $183 million. Until the
Company’s products and services can generate sufficient annual revenues, the Company will be required to use its cash and
cash equivalents on hand, its line of credit, and may raise capital to meet its cash flow requirements including the issuance of
common stock or debt financing. For the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, we incurred a net loss of $1.9 million and $6.8
million, respectively. If we continue to incur losses in the future, the price of our common stock can be expected to fall.

The occurrence of material unanticipated expenses may require us to divert our cash resources from achieving our
business plan, adversely affecting our financial performance and resulting in the decline of our stock price.

In  the  event  we  incur  any  material  unanticipated  expenses,  we  may  be  required  to  divert  our  cash  resources  from  our
operating  activities  in  order  to  fund  any  such  expenses.  Any  such  occurrence  may  cause  our  anticipated  connections,
revenues, gross profits, and other financial metrics for the 2017 fiscal year and beyond to be materially adversely affected. In
such event, the price of our common stock could be expected to fall.

The  inability  of  our  customers  to  utilize  third  party  leasing  companies  under  our  QuickStart  program  would
materially adversely affect our cash generated from operating activities and/or attaining our business plan.

The  use  of  third  party  leasing  companies  by  our  customers  under  our  QuickStart  program  positively  affects  our  net  cash
provided  by  operating  activities  because  we  receive  the  purchase  price  from  the  leasing  company  at  the  time  of  the  sale.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such third party leasing companies. To the extent that third party
leasing companies would not be available, we would lease the equipment directly to our customers. In such event, our net
cash  from  operating  activities  would  be  adversely  affected  and  we  may  be  required  to  incur  additional  equity  or  debt
financing  to  fund  operations.  In  the  alternative,  we  would  not  be  able  to  attain  our  business  plan,  including  anticipated
connections and revenues.

We may require additional financing or find it necessary to raise capital to sustain our operations and without it we
may not be able to achieve our business plan.

At June 30, 2017, we had net working capital of $5.8 million. We had net cash (used in) provided by operating activities of
$(6.8)  million,  $6.5  million,  and  $(1.7)  million  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  respectively.
Although  we  believe  that  we  have  adequate  existing  resources  to  provide  for  our  funding  requirements  over  the  next  12
months,  there  can  be  no  assurances  that  we  will  be  able  to  continue  to  generate  sufficient  funds  thereafter.  Unless  we
maintain or grow our current level of operations, we may need additional funds to continue these operations. We may also
need additional capital to update our technology or respond to unusual or unanticipated non-operational events. Should the
financing that we require to sustain our working capital needs be unavailable or prohibitively expensive when we require it,
the consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Our future operating results may fluctuate.

Our future operating results will depend significantly on our ability to continue to drive revenues from license and transaction
fees and our ability to develop and commercialize new products and services. Our operating results may fluctuate based upon
many factors, including:

·

·

fluctuations in revenue generated by our business;

fluctuations in operating expenses;

16

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

our  ability  to  establish  or  maintain  effective  relationships  with  significant  partners  and  suppliers  on  acceptable
terms;

the amount of debit or credit card interchange rates that are charged by Visa and MasterCard;

the fees that we charge our customers for processing services;

the successful operation of our network;

the commercial success of our customers, which could be affected by such factors as general economic conditions;

the level of product and price competition;

the timing and cost of, and our ability to develop and successfully commercialize, new or enhanced products and
services;

activities of, and acquisitions or announcements by, competitors;

the impact from any impairment of inventory, goodwill, fixed assets or intangibles;

the impact of any changes of valuation allowance on deferred tax assets;

the ability to increase the number of customer connections to our network;

· marketing programs which delay realization by us of monthly service fees on our new connections;

·

·

the material breach of security of any of the Company’s systems or third party systems utilized by the Company; and

the anticipation of and response to technological changes.

Our products may fail to gain substantial increased market acceptance. As a result, we may not generate sufficient
revenues or profit margins to achieve our financial objectives or growth plans.

There  can  be  no  assurances  that  demand  for  our  products  will  be  sufficient  to  enable  us  to  generate  sufficient  revenue  or
become  profitable  on  a  sustainable  basis.  Likewise,  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  we  will  be  able  to  have  a  sufficient
number of ePorts® connected to our network or sell or lease equipment utilizing our network to enough locations to achieve
significant revenues. Alternatively, the locations which utilize the network may not be successful locations and our revenues
would be adversely affected. We may lose locations utilizing our products to competitors, or may not be able to install our
products  at  competitors’  locations,  or  may  not  obtain  future  locations  which  would  be  obtained  by  our  competitors.  In
addition,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  products  could  evolve  or  be  improved  to  meet  the  future  needs  of  the
marketplace.  In  any  such  event,  we  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  our  growth  plans,  including  anticipated  connections  and
revenue growth.

We may be required to incur further debt to meet future capital requirements of our business. Should we be required
to  incur  additional  debt,  the  restrictions  imposed  by  the  terms  of  such  debt  could  adversely  affect  our  financial
condition and our ability to respond to changes in our business.

If we incur additional debt, we may be subject to the following risks:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

our vulnerability to adverse economic conditions and competitive pressures may be heightened;

our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry may be limited;

our debt covenants may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in the economy and in our
industry;

a high level of debt may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged
and therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our indebtedness would prevent us from pursuing;

the covenants contained in the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness may limit our ability to borrow
additional funds, dispose of assets and make certain investments;

a significant portion of our cash flows could be used to service our indebtedness;

we  may  be  sensitive  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  if  any  of  our  debt  obligations  are  subject  to  variable  interest
rates; and

our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general
corporate purposes or other purposes may be impaired.

17

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

We cannot assure you that our leverage and such restrictions will not materially and adversely affect our ability to finance our
future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. In addition, we cannot assure you that additional
financing will be available when required or, if available, will be on terms satisfactory to us.

Our  bank  borrowing  agreement  contains  restrictions  which  may  limit  our  flexibility  in  operating  and  growing  our
business.

Our bank borrowing agreement contains covenants regarding our maintenance of a minimum quarterly adjusted EBITDA as
defined in our loan agreement and certain numbers of connections. Our loan agreement also includes covenants that limit our
ability to engage in specified types of transactions, including among other things:

·

·

incur additional indebtedness or issue equity;

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our common stock;

· make certain investments (including acquisitions) and distributions;

·

·

·

·

·

·

sell certain assets;

create liens;

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

enter into certain transactions with respect to our affiliates;

ability to enter into business combinations; and

certain other financial and non-financial covenants.

We were in compliance with these covenants as of June 30, 2017. Failure to be in compliance with these covenants could
result  in  an  event  of  default  which,  if  not  cured  or  waived,  could  result  in  the  acceleration  of  all  or  a  portion  of  our
outstanding  indebtedness,  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

The loss of one or more of our key customers could significantly reduce our revenues, results of operations, and net
income.

We have derived, and believe we may continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from one large customer or a
limited  number  of  large  customers.  Customer  concentrations  for  the  years  ended  June  30,  2017,  2016  and  2015  were  as
follows:

Trade account and finance receivables - one customer
License and transaction processing revenues - one customer
Equipment sales revenue - one customer

2017

2016

2015

42 %  
20 %  
37 %  

18 %  
16 %  
28 %  

35 %
21 %
17 %

Our  customers  may  buy  less  of  our  products  or  services  depending  on  their  own  technological  developments,  end-user
demand for our products and internal budget cycles. A major customer in one year may not purchase any of our products or
services  in  another  year,  which  may  negatively  affect  our  financial  performance.  We  have  offered,  and  may  in  the  future
offer, discounts to our large customers to incentivize them to continue to utilize our products and services. If we are required
to sell products to any of our large customers at reduced prices or unfavorable terms, our results of operations and revenue
could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  Further,  there  is  no  assurance  that  our  customers  will  continue  to  utilize  our
transaction processing and related services as our customer agreements are generally cancelable by the customer on thirty to
sixty days’ notice.

We depend on our key personnel and, if they leave us, our business could be adversely affected.

We are dependent on key management personnel, particularly the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Stephen P. Herbert.
The loss of services of Mr. Herbert or other officers could dramatically affect our business prospects. Our executive officers
and certain of our officers and employees are particularly valuable to us because:

·

·

they have specialized knowledge about our company and operations;

they have specialized skills that are important to our operations; or

18

 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

·

they would be particularly difficult to replace.

We  have  entered  into  an  employment  agreement  with  Mr.  Herbert,  which  contains  confidentiality  and  non-compete
provisions. The agreement provided for an initial term continuing through January 1, 2013, which is automatically renewed
for consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either Mr. Herbert or the Company upon at least 90 days’ notice prior
to the end of the initial term or any one-year extension thereof.

We  also  may  be  unable  to  retain  other  existing  senior  management,  sales  personnel,  and  development  and  engineering
personnel critical to our ability to execute our business plan, which could result in harm to key customer relationships, loss of
key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs.

Our  dependence  on  proprietary  technology  and  limited  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  may  adversely
affect our ability to compete.

Challenge to our ownership of our intellectual property could materially damage our business prospects. Our technology may
infringe upon the proprietary rights of others. Our ability to execute our business plan is dependent, in part, on our ability to
obtain  patent  protection  for  our  proprietary  products,  maintain  trade  secret  protection  and  operate  without  infringing  the
proprietary rights of others.

Through  June  30,  2017,  we  had  13  pending  United  States  and  foreign  patent  applications,  and  will  consider  filing
applications for additional patents covering aspects of our future developments, although there can be no assurance that we
will do so. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will maintain or prosecute these applications. The United States
Government and other countries have granted us 96 patents as of June 30, 2017. There can be no assurance that:

·

·

·

·

·

any of the remaining patent applications will be granted to us;

we will develop additional products that are patentable or do not infringe the patents of others;

any patents issued to us will provide us with any competitive advantages or adequate protection for our products;

any patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others; or

any of our products would not infringe the patents of others.

If any of our products or services is found to have infringed any patent, there can be no assurance that we will be able to
obtain  licenses  to  continue  to  manufacture,  use,  sell,  and  license  such  product  or  service  or  that  we  will  not  have  to  pay
damages and/or be enjoined as a result of such infringement. Even if a patent application is granted for any of our products,
there can be no assurance that the patented technology will be a commercial success or result in any profits to us.

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology or fail to enforce or prosecute our patents against others,
third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us, which could result in the loss of customers and our business
being  adversely  affected.  Patent  and  proprietary  rights  litigation  entails  substantial  legal  and  other  costs,  and  diverts
Company  resources  as  well  as  the  attention  of  our  management.  There  can  be  no  assurance  we  will  have  the  necessary
financial resources to appropriately defend or prosecute our intellectual property rights in connection with any such litigation.

Competition from others could prevent the Company from increasing revenue and achieving its growth plans.

While  we  are  a  leading  provider  and  believe  we  have  the  largest  installed  base  of  unattended  POS  electronic  payment
systems  in  the  small  ticket,  beverage  and  food  vending  industry,  our  competitors  are  increasingly  and  actively  marketing
products  and  services  that  compete  with  our  products  and  services  in  this  vending  space.  The  competition  includes
manufacturers who may include in their new vending machines their own (or another third party’s) cashless payment systems
and services other than our systems and services. While we believe our products and services are superior to our competitors,
many of our competitors are much larger enterprises and have substantially greater revenues. In addition to these competitors,
there  are  also  numerous  credit  card  processors  that  offer  card  processing  services  to  traditional  retail  establishments  that
could decide to offer similar services to the industries that we serve. Competition from other companies, including those that
are  well  established  and  have  substantially  greater  resources,  may  reduce  our  profitability  or  reduce  our  business
opportunities. Competition may result in lower profit margins on our products or may reduce potential profits or result in a
loss of some or all of our customer base. To the extent that our competitors are able to offer more attractive technology, our
ability to compete could be adversely affected.

19

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

The termination of any of our relationships with third parties upon whom we rely for supplies and services that are
critical to our products could adversely affect our business and delay achievement of our business plan.

We depend on arrangements with third parties for a variety of component parts used in our products. We have contracted with
various suppliers to assist us to develop and manufacture our ePort® products. For other components, we do not have supply
contracts with any of our third-party suppliers and we purchase components as needed from time to time. We have contracted
with a third-party data system recovery vendor to host our network in a secure, 24/7 environment to ensure the reliability of
our  network  services.  We  also  have  contracted  with  multiple  land-based  telecommunications  providers  to  ensure  the
reliability of our land-based network. If these business relationships are terminated, the implementation of our business plan
may be delayed until an alternative supplier or service provider can be retained. If we are unable to find another source or one
that  is  comparable,  the  content  and  quality  of  our  products  could  suffer  and  our  business,  operating  results  and  financial
condition could be harmed.

A  disruption  in  the  manufacturing  capabilities  of  our  third-party  manufacturers,  suppliers  or  distributors  would
negatively impact our ability to meet customer requirements.

We depend upon third-party manufacturers, suppliers and distributors to deliver components free from defects, competitive in
functionality and cost, and in compliance with our specifications and delivery schedules. Since we generally do not maintain
large inventories of our products or components, any termination of, or significant disruption in, our manufacturing capability
or our relationship with our third-party manufacturers or suppliers may prevent us from filling customer orders in a timely
manner.

We have occasionally experienced, and may in the future experience, delays in delivery of products and delivery of products
of inferior quality from third-party manufacturers. Although alternate manufacturers and suppliers are generally available to
produce  our  products  and  product  components,  the  number  of  manufacturers  or  suppliers  of  some  of  our  products  and
components is limited, and a qualified replacement manufacturer or supplier could take several months. In addition, our use
of  third-party  manufacturers  reduces  our  direct  control  over  product  quality,  manufacturing  timing,  yields  and  costs.
Disruption of the manufacture or supply of our products and components, or a third-party manufacturer’s or supplier’s failure
to  remain  competitive  in  functionality,  quality  or  price,  could  delay  or  interrupt  our  ability  to  manufacture  or  deliver  our
products  to  customers  on  a  timely  basis,  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and  financial
performance.

Substantially all of the network service contracts with our customers are terminable for any or no reason upon thirty
to sixty days’ advance notice.

Substantially all of our customers may terminate their network service contracts with us for any or no reason upon providing
us with thirty or sixty days’ advance notice. Accordingly, consistent demand for and satisfaction with our products by our
customers is critical to our financial condition and future success. Problems, defects, or dissatisfaction with our products or
services or competition in the marketplace could cause us to lose a substantial number of our customers with minimal notice.
If a substantial number of our customers were to exercise their termination rights, it would result in a material adverse effect
to our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our reliance on our wireless telecommunication service provider exposes us to a number of risks over which we have
no control, including risks with respect to increased prices and termination of essential services.

The operation of our wireless networked devices depends upon the capacity, reliability and security of services provided to us
by our wireless telecommunication services providers, AT&T Mobility and Verizon Wireless. We have no control over the
operation, quality or maintenance of these services or whether the vendor will improve or reduce its services or continue to
provide  services  that  are  essential  to  our  business.  In  addition,  subject  to  our  existing  contracts  with  them,  our  wireless
telecommunication  services  providers  may  increase  their  prices,  which  would  increase  our  costs.  If  our  wireless
telecommunication services providers were to cease to provide essential services or to significantly increase prices, we could
be required to find alternative vendors for these services. With a limited number of vendors, we could experience significant
delays in obtaining new or replacement services, which could lead to slowdowns or failures of our network. In addition, we
may  have  to  replace  our  existing  ePort®  devices  that  are  already  installed  in  the  marketplace  and  which  are  utilizing  the
existing vendor’s services. This could significantly harm our reputation and could cause us to lose customers and revenues.

20

 
Table of Contents 

We may not be able to adapt to changing technology and our customers’ technology needs.

We  face  rapidly  changing  technology  and  frequent  new  service  offerings  that  can  render  existing  services  obsolete  or
unmarketable. Our future depends, in part, on our ability to enhance existing services and to develop, introduce and market,
on  a  timely  and  cost  effective  basis,  new  services  that  keep  pace  with  technological  developments  and  customer
requirements. Developing new products and technologies is a complex, uncertain process requiring innovation and accurate
anticipation of technological and market trends. When changes to the product line are announced, we will be challenged to
manage possible shortened life cycles for existing products and continue to sell existing products. Our inability to respond
effectively to any of these challenges may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial success.

Security  is  vital  to  our  customers  and  therefore  breaches  in  the  security  of  transactions  involving  our  products  or
services could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Protection against fraud is of key importance to purchasers and end-users of our products. We incorporate security features,
such  as  encryption  software  and  secure  hardware,  into  our  products  to  protect  against  fraud  in  electronic  payment
transactions and to ensure the privacy and integrity of consumer data. We design and test our products to industry security
standards and our products and methodologies are under periodic review and improvement. Our products and services and
third  party  products  and  services  that  are  utilized  by  us  may  be  vulnerable  to  breaches  in  security  due  to  defects  in  our
security  mechanisms,  the  operating  system  and  applications  in  our  hardware  platform.  Security  vulnerabilities  could
jeopardize  the  security  of  information  transmitted  or  stored  using  our  products.  If  the  security  of  the  information  in  our
products is compromised, our reputation and marketplace acceptance of our products will be adversely affected, which would
adversely affect our results of operations, and subject us to potential liability. If our security applications are breached and
sensitive data is lost or stolen, we could incur significant costs to not only assess and repair any damage to our systems, but
also to reimburse customers for losses that occur from the fraudulent use of the data. We may also be subject to fines and
penalties from the credit card associations in the event of the loss of confidential card information.

Our products and services may be vulnerable to security breach.

Credit card issuers have promulgated credit card security guidelines as part of their ongoing efforts to battle identity theft and
credit card fraud. We continue to work with credit card issuers to assure that our products and services comply with these
rules. There can be no assurances, however, that our products and services or third party products and services utilized by us
are  invulnerable  to  unauthorized  access  or  hacking.  When  there  is  unauthorized  access  to  credit  card  data  that  results  in
financial  loss,  there  is  the  potential  that  parties  could  seek  damages  from  us,  and  our  business  reputation  and  results  of
operations would be materially adversely affected.

If  we  fail  to  adhere  to  the  standards  of  the  Visa  and  MasterCard  credit  card  associations,  our  registrations  with  these
associations  could  be  terminated  and  we  could  be  required  to  stop  providing  payment  processing  services  for  Visa  and
MasterCard.

Substantially  all  of  the  transactions  handled  by  our  network  involve  Visa  or  MasterCard.  If  we  fail  to  comply  with  the
applicable requirements of the Visa and MasterCard credit card associations, Visa or MasterCard could suspend or terminate
our registration with them. The termination of our registration with them or any changes in the Visa or MasterCard rules that
would impair our registration with them could require us to stop providing payment processing services through our network.
In such event, our business plan and/or competitive advantages in the market place would be materially adversely affected.

We  rely  on  other  card  payment  processors;  if  they  fail  or  no  longer  agree  to  provide  their  services,  our  customer
relationships could be adversely affected and we could lose business.

We  rely  on  agreements  with  other  large  payment  processing  organizations,  primarily  Chase  Paymentech,  to  enable  us  to
provide card authorization, data capture, settlement and merchant accounting services and access to various reporting tools
for the customers we serve. The termination by our card processing providers of their arrangements with us or their failure to
perform their services efficiently and effectively may adversely affect our relationships with the customers whose accounts
we serve and may cause those customers to terminate their processing agreements with us.

21

 
Table of Contents 

We are subject to laws and regulations that affect the products, services and markets in which we operate. Failure by
us  to  comply  with  these  laws  or  regulations  would  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  or
results of operations.

We are, among other things, subject to banking regulations and credit card association regulations. Failure to comply with
these regulations may result in the suspension of our business, the limitation, suspension or termination of service, and/or the
imposition  of  fines  that  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition.  Additionally,  changes  to  legal  rules  and
regulations, or interpretation or enforcement thereof, could have a negative financial effect on us or our product offerings. To
the  extent  this  occurs,  we  could  be  subject  to  additional  technical,  contractual  or  other  requirements  as  a  condition  of  our
continuing to conduct our payment processing business. These requirements could cause us to incur additional costs, which
could be significant, or to lose revenues to the extent we do not comply with these requirements.

New  legislation  could  be  enacted  regulating  the  basis  upon  which  interchange  rates  are  charged  for  debit  or  credit  card
transactions, which could increase the debit or credit card interchange fees charged by bankcard networks. An example of
such legislation is the so-called “Durbin Amendment,” to the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
of 2010. The Durbin Amendment regulates the basis upon which interchange rates for debit card transactions are made to
ensure that interchange rates are “reasonable and proportionate to costs.” Pursuant to regulations that were promulgated by
the  Federal  Reserve,  Visa  and  MasterCard  have  significantly  increased  their  interchange  fees  for  small  ticket  debit  card
transactions.

As of November 14, 2014, we entered into a three-year agreement with Visa U.S.A. Inc. (“Visa”), pursuant to which Visa has
agreed to continue to make available to the Company certain promotional interchange reimbursement fees for small ticket
debit  and  credit  card  transactions.  Similarly,  MasterCard  International  Incorporated  ("MasterCard")  has  agreed  to  make
available  to  us  reduced  interchange  rates  for  small  ticket  debit  card  transactions  pursuant  to  a  three-year  MasterCard
Acceptance  Agreement  dated  January  12,  2015,  as  amended  by  a  First  Amendment  thereto  dated  April  27,  2015.  If  the
foregoing  agreements  with  Visa  and  MasterCard  are  not  extended,  our  financial  results  would  be  materially  adversely
affected unless we are able to pass these significant additional charges to our customers.

Increases  in  card  association  and  debit  network  interchange  fees  could  increase  our  operating  costs  or  otherwise
adversely affect our operations. If we do not pass along to our customers any future increases in credit or debit card
interchange fees, assessments and transaction fees, our gross profits would be reduced.

We are obligated to pay interchange fees and other network fees set by the bankcard networks to the card issuing bank and
the bankcard networks for each transaction we process through our network. From time to time, card associations and debit
networks increase the organization and/or processing fees, known as interchange fees that they charge. Under our processing
agreements with our customers, we are permitted to pass along these fee increases to our customers through corresponding
increases in our processing fees. Passing along such increases could result in some of our customers canceling their contracts
with  us.  Consequently,  it  is  possible  that  competitive  pressures  will  result  in  our  Company  absorbing  some  or  all  of  the
increases in the future, which would increase our operating costs, reduce our gross profit and adversely affect our business.

During the term of the Visa Agreement, the Company does not anticipate accepting any debit cards with interchange fees that
are higher than the rates provided under the Visa Agreement. The Company will continue to accept Visa- and MasterCard-
branded debit cards in addition to all major credit cards, including Visa, MasterCard, Discover and American Express at its
current processing rates. If the Visa or MasterCard Agreements are not extended, our financial results would be materially
adversely affected unless we are able to pass these significant additional charges to our customers.

The ability to recruit, retain and develop qualified personnel is critical to the Company’s success and growth.

For  the  Company  to  successfully  compete  and  grow,  it  must  retain,  recruit  and  develop  the  necessary  personnel  who  can
provide  the  needed  expertise  required  in  its  business.  In  addition,  the  Company  must  develop  its  personnel  to  provide
succession plans capable of maintaining continuity in the midst of the inevitable unpredictability of human capital. However,
the market for qualified personnel is competitive and the Company may not succeed in recruiting additional personnel or may
fail to effectively replace current personnel who depart with qualified or effective successors. The Company’s effort to retain
and  develop  personnel  may  also  result  in  significant  additional  expenses.  The  Company  cannot  assure  that  key  personnel,
including executive officers, will continue to be employed or that it will be able to attract and

22

 
Table of Contents 

retain qualified personnel in the future. Failure to retain or attract key personnel could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.

We  incur  chargeback  liability  when  our  customers  refuse  or  cannot  reimburse  chargebacks  resolved  in  favor  of
consumers.  Any  increase  in  chargebacks  not  paid  by  our  customers  may  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,
financial condition and cash flows.

In  the  event  a  dispute  between  a  cardholder  and  a  customer  is  not  resolved  in  favor  of  the  customer,  the  transaction  is
normally charged back to the customer and the purchase price is credited or otherwise refunded to the cardholder. If we are
unable  to  collect  such  amounts  from  the  customer's  account,  or  if  the  customer  refuses  or  is  unable,  due  to  closure,
bankruptcy  or  other  reasons,  to  reimburse  us  for  a  chargeback,  we  bear  the  loss  for  the  amount  of  the  refund  paid  to  the
cardholder. We may experience significant losses from chargebacks in the future. Any increase in chargebacks not paid by
our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We have policies to manage customer-related credit risk and attempt to mitigate such risk by monitoring transaction activity.
Notwithstanding our programs and policies for managing credit risk, it is possible that a default on such obligations by one or
more of our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Failure  to  maintain  effective  systems  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  disclosure  controls  and
procedures could cause a loss of confidence in our financial reporting and adversely affect the trading price of our
common stock.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide accurate financial information. Section 404 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end
of  each  fiscal  year  and  to  include  a  management  report  assessing  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. Although our internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of
June 30, 2017, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting as of June 30, 2016 and
June 30, 2015. If we are unable to adequately maintain our internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may not
be  able  to  accurately  report  our  financial  results,  which  could  cause  investors  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial
information, negatively affecting the trading price of our common stock, or our ability to access the capital markets.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

We do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore investors should not anticipate cash
dividends on their investment.

The  holders  of  our  common  stock  and  series  A  convertible  preferred  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  when,  and  if,
declared by our board of directors. Our board of directors does not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, but
instead  intends  to  retain  any  and  all  earnings  to  finance  the  growth  of  the  business.  To  date,  we  have  not  paid  any  cash
dividends on our common stock or our series A convertible preferred stock and there can be no assurance that cash dividends
will ever be paid on our common stock.

Our articles of incorporation prohibit the declaration of any dividends on our common stock unless and until all unpaid and
accumulated  dividends  on  the  series  A  convertible  preferred  stock  have  been  declared  and  paid.  In  addition,  our  loan
agreement with our bank prohibits us from paying dividends without the prior consent of our bank. Through August 7, 2017,
the  unpaid  and  cumulative  dividends  on  the  series  A  convertible  preferred  stock  are  $14.66  million.  As  of  June  30,  2017,
each share of series A convertible preferred stock was convertible into 0.1940 of a share of common stock at the option of the
holder and is subject to further adjustment as provided in our articles of incorporation. The unpaid and cumulative dividends
on the series A convertible preferred stock are convertible into shares of our common stock at the rate of $1,000 per share at
the  option  of  the  holder.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  2017,  none  of  our  series  A  convertible  preferred  stock  and  no
cumulative preferred dividends were converted into shares of common stock.

Our articles of incorporation also provide that the preferred stock has a liquidation preference over the common stock in the
amount  of  $10  per  share  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends.  As  of  June  30,  2017,  the  liquidation  preference  was  $18.78
million.

23

 
Table of Contents 

Upon  certain  fundamental  transactions  involving  the  Company,  such  as  a  merger  or  sale  of  substantially  all  of  our
assets, we may be required to distribute the liquidation preference then due to the holders of our series A preferred
stock which would reduce the amount of the distributions otherwise to be made to the holders of our common stock in
connection with such transactions.

Our articles of incorporation provide that upon a merger or sale of substantially all of our assets or upon the disposition of
more than 50% of our voting power, the holders of at least 60% of the preferred stock may elect to have such transaction
treated  as  a  liquidation  and  be  entitled  to  receive  their  liquidation  preference.  Upon  our  liquidation,  the  holders  of  our
preferred stock are entitled to receive a liquidation preference prior to any distribution to the holders of common stock which,
as of June 30, 2017 was $18.8 million.

Our stock price may be volatile.

The  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  is  expected  to  be  subject  to  significant  fluctuations  in  response  to  various  factors
including, but not limited to, the following:

·

·

·

·

variations in operating results and achievement of key business metrics;

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts, if any;

any differences between reported results and securities analysts’ published or unpublished expectations;

announcements of new contracts, service offerings or technological innovations by us or our competitors;

· market reaction to any acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic investments announced by us or our competitors;

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

demand for our services and products;

shares of common stock being sold pursuant to Rule 144 or upon exercise of warrants;

regulatory matters;

concerns about our financial position, operating results, litigation, government regulation, developments or disputes
relating to agreements, patents or proprietary rights;

potential dilutive effects of future sales of shares of common stock by shareholders and by the Company;

the amount of average daily trading volume in our common stock;

our ability to obtain working capital financing; and

general economic or stock market conditions unrelated to our operating performance.

The securities market in recent years has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are
unrelated  to  the  operating  performance  of  particular  companies.  These  market  fluctuations,  as  well  as  general  economic
conditions, may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Director and officer liability is limited.

As  permitted  by  Pennsylvania  law,  our  by-laws  limit  the  liability  of  our  directors  for  monetary  damages  for  breach  of  a
director’s fiduciary duty except for liability in certain instances. As a result of our by-law provisions and Pennsylvania law,
shareholders may have limited rights to recover against directors for breach of fiduciary duty. In addition, our by-laws and
indemnification  agreements  entered  into  by  the  Company  with  each  of  the  officers  and  directors  provide  that  we  shall
indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Our publicly-filed reports are reviewed by the SEC from time to time and any significant changes required as a result
of any such review may result in material liability to us, and have a material adverse impact on the trading price of
our common stock.

24

 
 
Table of Contents 

The reports of publicly-traded companies are subject to review by the SEC from time to time for the purpose of assisting
companies in complying and to assess their compliance with applicable disclosure requirements and to enhance the overall
effectiveness of companies’ public filings, and comprehensive reviews of such reports are now required at least every three
years under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. SEC reviews may be initiated at any time. While we believe that our previously
filed SEC reports comply, and we intend that all future reports will comply in all material respects with the published SEC
rules and regulations, we could be required to modify or reformulate information contained in prior filings as a result of an
SEC review. Any modification or reformulation of information contained in such reports could be significant and result in
material liability to us and have a material adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.

Item 2. Properties.

The Company leases approximately 23,138 square feet of space located in Malvern, Pennsylvania, for its principal executive
office and for general administrative functions, sales activities, product development, and customer support. The Company’s
monthly base rent for the premises is approximately $47 thousand, and will increase each year up to a maximum monthly
base rent of approximately $53 thousand. The lease expires on November 30, 2023.

The  Company  also  leases  11,250  square  feet  of  space  in  Malvern,  Pennsylvania  for  its  product  warehousing  and  shipping
under  a  lease  agreement  which  expires  on  February  28,  2019.  As  of  June  30,  2017,  the  Company’s  rent  payment  is
approximately $5 thousand per month.

The  Company  leases  space  in  Portland,  Oregon  related  to  its  VendScreen  acquisition.  The  current  lease  commenced  on
October 17, 2016, and will terminate on December 31, 2019. The leased premises consists of approximately 5,362 square feet
of rentable space. The lease includes monthly rental payments of approximately $11 thousand per month through December
31, 2019.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

As  previously  reported,  on  October  1,  2015,  a  purported  class  action  was  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the
Eastern  District  of  Pennsylvania  against  the  Company  and  its  executive  officers  alleging  violations  under  the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934.  The  complaint  alleges,  among  other  things,  that  the  defendants  failed  to  disclose  that  there  were
significant deficiencies in the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting,
which,  when  aggregated,  represented  a  material  weakness  in  internal  control,  and,  as  a  result,  the  Company’s  public
statements  were  materially  false  and  misleading.  The  complaint  seeks  certification  as  a  class  action,  unspecified
compensatory damages plus interest, attorneys’ fees and other costs.  On February 1, 2016, the Company filed a motion to
dismiss the complaint. On April 14, 2016, the Court issued an order granting the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint.
On May 13, 2016, the plaintiff appealed the Court’s order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. On
August 16, 2016, the plaintiff filed a motion for relief from final judgment with the District Court seeking an order modifying
the District Court’s previous order dismissing the complaint, and permitting the plaintiff to now file an amended complaint.
On September 19, 2016, the District Court issued an order denying the plaintiff’s motion for relief from final judgment, and
on October 4, 2016, the plaintiff filed an appeal of this order with the Court of Appeals. On October 6, 2016, the Court of
Appeals consolidated the two appeals of plaintiff for all purposes. On March 28, 2017, oral argument was held before the
Court of Appeals, and as of the date hereof, the Court of Appeals has not rendered a decision.

By letter dated December 7, 2015, a purported shareholder of the Company demanded that the Board of Directors investigate,
remedy and commence proceedings against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors for breach of
fiduciary duties in connection with the material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting which were more
fully described in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 (the “2015 Form 10-K”). In response to
the  demand  letter,  the  Board  of  Directors  formed  a  special  litigation  committee  (the  “SLC”)  in  order  to  investigate  and
evaluate the demand letter. On June 1, 2016, and before the SLC had concluded its investigation, the purported shareholder
filed a purported derivative action on behalf of the Company in the Chester County, Pennsylvania, Court of Common Pleas,
against certain current and former officers and directors. The complaint alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary
duties relating to the material weakness in internal controls reported in the 2015 Form 10-K. The complaint seeks unspecified
damages against the defendants and certain equitable relief. On July 15, 2016 the SLC issued its report (the “SLC Report”)
which, among other things, concluded that none of the current or former officers or directors had breached their fiduciary
duties, that it was not in the best interests of the Company to pursue the pending shareholder derivative action, and that the
Company request the Court to dismiss the action in its entirety. On August 1,

25

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  adopted  all  of  the  conclusions  and  recommendations  set  forth  in  the  SLC
Report. On August 17, 2016, the Company filed with the Court a motion to dismiss the shareholder complaint. On March 8,
2017, the Court entered an order granting the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On April 6, 2017, the plaintiff
appealed  the  order  to  the  Superior  Court  of  Pennsylvania.  As  of  the  date  hereof,  the  Superior  Court  has  not  rendered  a
decision.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

26

 
Table of Contents 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities.

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “USAT.”

The high and low sales prices on The NASDAQ Global Market for the common stock were as follows:

Year ended June 30, 2017
First Quarter (through September 30, 2016)
Second Quarter (through December 31, 2016)
Third Quarter (through March 31, 2017)
Fourth Quarter (through June 30, 2017)

Year ended June 30, 2016
First Quarter (through September 30, 2015)
Second Quarter (through December 31, 2015)
Third Quarter (through March 31, 2016)
Fourth Quarter (through June 30, 2016)

     High
  $
  $
  $
  $

5.81   $
5.77   $
4.85   $
5.60   $

Low

4.05
3.55
3.80
3.95

     High
  $
  $
  $
  $

3.52   $
3.40   $
4.54   $
4.73   $

Low

1.70
2.18
2.69
3.50

As of August 7, 2017, there were approximately 571 holders of record of our common stock and 275 record holders of the
preferred stock. This number does not include stockholders for whom shares were held in a “nominee” or “street” name.

The holders of the common stock are entitled to receive such dividends as the Board of Directors of the Company may from
time to time declare out of funds legally available for payment of dividends. Through the date hereof, no cash dividends have
been declared on the Company’s common stock or preferred stock. No dividend may be paid on the common stock until all
accumulated and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock have been paid. As of August 7, 2017, such accumulated unpaid
dividends amounted to $14.7 million. The preferred stock is also entitled to a liquidation preference over the common stock
which, as of June 30, 2017 equaled $18.8 million.

As of June 30, 2017, equity securities authorized for issuance by the Company with respect to compensation plans were as
follows:

Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security
holders
TOTAL

Number of Securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options and warrants
(a)

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options
and warrants
(b)

913,220   $

 —  
913,220   $

2.82  

 —  
2.82  

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)
1,062,451 (1)

 —  
1,062,451  

(1) Represents  (i)  1,052,000  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  under  the  2015  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  (ii)  1,447  shares  of
common stock underlying stock options issuable under the 2014 Stock Option Incentive Plan, and (iii) 9,004 shares of
common stock issuable under the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

As of August 7, 2017, shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows:

·

·

23,978 shares issuable upon the exercise of common stock warrants at an exercise price of $5.00 per share

101,001  shares  issuable  upon  the  conversion  of  outstanding  preferred  stock  and  cumulative  preferred  stock
dividends;

27

    
 
    
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

·

·

·

·

9,004 shares issuable under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan;

716,667 shares underlying stock options issued or to be issued under the 2014 Stock Option Incentive Plan;

1,052,000 shares issuable, and/or shares underlying stock options to be issued, under the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan;
and

140,000 shares issuable to our former CEO upon the occurrence of a USA Transaction.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph shows a comparison of the 5‑year cumulative total shareholder return for our common stock with The
NASDAQ Composite Index and the S&P 500 Information Technology Index in the United States. The graph assumes a $100
investment  on  June  30,  2012  in  our  common  stock  and  in  the  NASDAQ  Composite  Index  and  the  S&P  500  Information
Technology Index, including reinvestment of dividends.

COMPARISON OF 5‑YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

Among USA Technologies, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index and The S&P 500 Information Technology Index

Total Return For:

     Jun-12      Jun-13      Jun-14   Jun-15      Jun-16   Jun-17

  $ 100   $ 120   $ 146  $ 186   $ 294  $
USA Technologies, Inc.
NASDAQ Composite
  $ 100   $ 116   $ 149  $ 168   $ 163  $
S&P 500 Information Technology Index   $ 100   $ 106   $ 137  $ 150   $ 154  $

359
207
204

The information in the performance graph is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and
Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or to
the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will not be deemed to be incorporated
by  reference  into  any  filing  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing. The stock price performance
included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

28

   
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The  following  selected  financial  data  for  the  five  years  ended  June  30,  2017  are  derived  from  the  audited  consolidated
financial  statements  of  USA  Technologies,  Inc.  The  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial
statements, related notes, and other financial information.

29

 
 
Table of Contents 

($ in thousands, except per share data)

2017

As of and for the Year ended June 30, 
2014
2015
2016

2013

OPERATIONS DATA:

Revenues

Operating income (loss)

Net (loss) income  (1)

Cumulative preferred dividends
Net (loss) income applicable to common shares

Net (loss) earnings per common share - basic

Net (loss) earnings per common share - diluted

  $ 104,093   $

77,408   $

58,077   $

42,345   $

35,940

  $

135   $

(1,467)  $

(240)  $

437   $

  $

(1,852)  $

(6,806)  $

(1,089)  $

27,531   $

(668) 
(2,520)  $

(668) 
(7,474)  $

(668) 
(1,757)  $

(668) 
26,863   $

(0.06)  $

(0.21)  $

(0.05)  $

0.77   $

(0.06)  $

(0.05)  $

0.78   $

0.78   $

    $

  $

  $

714

854

(668)
186

0.01

0.01

 —

Cash dividends per common share

 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Total assets
Capital lease obligations and long-term debt, including
current portion
Shareholders’ equity

  $

97,691   $

84,833   $

75,134   $

70,764   $

36,576

  $
  $

4,291   $
65,778   $

2,205   $
55,025   $

2,332   $
53,311   $

423   $
53,737   $

370
23,379

CASH FLOW DATA:

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $

(6,771)  $

6,468   $

(1,698)  $

7,085   $

6,039

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

(3,693) 

(5,772) 

3,354  

(7,917) 

(9,181)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

3,937  

7,202  

646  

3,923  

2,696

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

(6,527) 

7,898  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

19,272  

11,374  

2,302  

9,072  

3,091  

5,981  

(446)

6,427

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $

12,745   $

19,272   $

11,374   $

9,072   $

5,981

CONNECTIONS AND TRANSACTION DATA
(UNAUDITED)

Net New Connections
Total Connections

New Customers Added
Total Customers

Total Number of Transactions (millions)
Transaction Volume ($ millions)

  139,000  
  568,000  

96,000  
  429,000  

67,000  
  333,000  

52,000  
  266,000  

50,000
  214,000

1,650  
12,700  

414.9  
803.0  

  $

1,450  
11,050  

2,300  
9,600  

2,250  
7,300  

315.8  
584.4   $

216.6  
388.9   $

168.5  
293.8   $

1,750
5,050

129.1
219.0

(1) Net income for the year ended June 30, 2014 includes an income tax benefit of $27.3 million for the reduction of tax

valuation allowance.

30

   
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

The following unaudited quarterly financial operations data for the years ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 is derived
from the audited consolidated financial statements of USA Technologies, Inc. and its interim reports for the quarters therein.
The  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  related  notes,  and  other  financial
information.

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2017

     First Quarter

UNAUDITED
     Second Quarter      Third Quarter      Fourth Quarter     

Year

Revenues

Gross profit

Operating (loss) income

Net (loss) income

Cumulative preferred dividends

Net (loss) income applicable to
common shares

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Net (loss) earnings per common share -
basic

  $

Net (loss) earnings per common share -
diluted

  $

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - basic

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - diluted

21,588   $

21,756   $

26,460   $

34,289   $

104,093

6,167   $

6,334   $

6,625   $

7,520   $

26,646

(950)  $

(2,464)  $

(334)  $

234   $

233     $

 —   $

419   $

136   $

432   $

135

243   $

(1,852)

(334)  $

 —   $

(668)

(2,798)  $

233   $

(198)  $

243   $

(2,520)

(0.07)  $

0.01   $

0.00   $

0.01   $

(0.06)

(0.07)  $

0.01   $

0.00   $

0.01   $

(0.06)

38,488,005  

40,308,934  

40,327,697  

40,331,993  

39,860,335

38,488,005  

40,730,712  

40,327,697  

40,772,482  

39,860,335

31

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2016

     First Quarter

UNAUDITED
     Second Quarter      Third Quarter      Fourth Quarter     

Year

Revenues

Gross profit

Operating income (loss)

Net income (loss)

Cumulative preferred dividends

Net income (loss) applicable to
common shares

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Net earnings (loss) per common share -
basic

  $

Net earnings (loss) per common share -
diluted

  $

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - basic

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - diluted

16,600   $

18,503   $

20,361   $

21,944   $

5,047   $

5,483   $

5,672   $

5,783   $

112   $

360   $

594   $

(595)  $

(1,578)  $

(874)  $

(5,420)  $

(872)  $

(334)  $

 —   $

(334)  $

 —   $

77,408

21,985

(1,467)

(6,806)

(668)

26   $

(874)  $

(5,754)  $

(872)  $

(7,474)

0.00   $

(0.02)  $

(0.16)  $

(0.02)  $

(0.21)

0.00   $

(0.02)  $

(0.16)  $

(0.02)  $

(0.21)

35,848,395  

35,909,933  

36,161,626  

37,325,681  

36,309,047

36,487,879  

35,909,933  

36,161,626  

37,325,681  

36,309,047

32

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, regarding, among other things, the anticipated financial and operating results of the Company. For
this  purpose,  forward-looking  statements  are  any  statements  contained  herein  that  are  not  statements  of  historical  fact  and
include, but are not limited to, those preceded by or that include the words, “estimate,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “likely,”
“may,”  “will,”  “plan,”  “intend,”  “believes,”  “expects,”  “anticipates,”  “projected,”  or  similar  expressions.  Those  statements
are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause the actual results to differ materially
from  those  contemplated  by  the  statements.  The  forward-looking  information  is  based  on  various  factors  and  was  derived
using numerous assumptions. Important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those
projected, include, for example:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

general economic, market or business conditions unrelated to our operating performance;

the ability of the Company to raise funds in the future through sales of securities or debt financing in order to sustain
its operations if an unexpected or unusual event would occur;

the ability of the Company to compete with its competitors to obtain market share;

whether  the  Company’s  current  or  future  customers  purchase,  lease,  rent  or  utilize  ePort  devices  or  our  other
products in the future at levels currently anticipated by our Company;

whether the Company’s customers continue to utilize the Company’s transaction processing and related services, as
our customer agreements are generally cancelable by the customer on thirty to sixty days’ notice;

the ability of the Company to satisfy its trade obligations included in accounts payable and accrued expenses;

the ability of the Company to sell to third party lenders all or a portion of our finance receivables;

the ability of a sufficient number of our customers to utilize third party financing companies under our QuickStart
program in order to improve our net cash used by operating activities;

the incurrence by us of any unanticipated or unusual non-operating expenses which would require us to divert our
cash resources from achieving our business plan;

the  ability  of  the  Company  to  predict  or  estimate  its  future  quarterly  or  annual  revenues  and  expenses  given  the
developing and unpredictable market for its products;

the ability of the Company to retain key customers from whom a significant portion of its revenues are derived;

the ability of a key customer to reduce or delay purchasing products from the Company;

the ability of the Company to obtain widespread commercial acceptance of its products and service offerings such as
ePort QuickConnect, mobile payment and loyalty programs;

whether any patents issued to the Company will provide the Company with any competitive advantages or adequate
protection for its products, or would be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others;

the ability of the Company to operate without infringing the intellectual property rights of others;

the ability of our products and services to avoid unauthorized hacking or credit card fraud;

whether we experience material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting in the future, and are
not able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations;

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

·

·

whether our suppliers would increase their prices, reduce their output or change their terms of sale; and

our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general
corporate purposes or other purposes may be impaired.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee
future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Actual results or business conditions may differ materially
from those projected or suggested in forward-looking statements as a result of various factors including, but not limited to,
those described above. We cannot assure you that we have identified all the factors that create uncertainties. Moreover, new
risks emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of
all risks on our business or the extent to which any risk, or combination of risks, may cause actual results to differ from those
contained in any forward-looking statements. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Form 10-K speaks only as of the date of this Form 10-K. Unless required
by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events after
the date of this Form 10-K or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

OVERVIEW OF THE COMPANY

USA  Technologies,  Inc.  provides  wireless  networking,  cashless  transactions,  asset  monitoring,  and  other  value-added
services  principally  to  the  small  ticket,  unattended  Point  of  Sale  (“POS”)  market.  Our  ePort®  technology  can  be  installed
and/or embedded into everyday devices such as vending machines, a variety of kiosks, amusement games, and commercial
laundry  via  either  our  ePort  hardware  or  our  Quick  Connect  solution.  Our  associated  service,  ePort  Connect®,  is  a  PCI-
compliant,  comprehensive  service  that  includes  simplified  credit/debit  card  processing  and  support,  consumer  engagement
services as well as telemetry, Internet of Things (“IoT”), and machine-to-machine (“M2M”) services, including the ability to
remotely monitor, control and report on the results of distributed assets containing our electronic payment solutions.

The Company generates revenue in multiple ways. During fiscal year 2017, we derived approximately 66.4% of our revenues
from  recurring  license  and  transaction  fees  related  to  our  ePort  Connect  service  and  approximately  33.6%  of  our  revenue
from  equipment  sales.  Connections  to  our  service  stem  from  the  sale  or  lease  of  our  POS  electronic  payment  devices,
certified payment software, or the servicing of similar third-party installed POS terminals. Connections to the ePort Connect
service  are  the  most  significant  driver  of  the  Company’s  revenues,  particularly  the  recurring  revenues  from  license  and
transaction fees. Customers can obtain POS electronic payment devices from us in the following ways:

·

·

·

Purchasing devices directly from the Company or one of its authorized resellers;

Financing  devices  under  the  Company’s  QuickStart  Program,  which  are  non-cancellable  sixty  month  sales-type
leases, through an unrelated equipment financing company, if available, or directly from the Company; and

Renting devices under the Company’s JumpStart Program, which are cancellable month-to-month operating leases.

Highlights of the Company are below:

·

·

·

·

·

Over 90 employees with its headquarters in Malvern, Pennsylvania;

Over 12,700 customers and 568,000 connections to our service;

Three direct sales teams at the national, regional, and local customer-level and a growing number of OEMs and
national distribution partners;

73 United States and foreign patents are in force;

The Company’s fiscal year ends June 30 ; and

th

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

·

The Company has traded on the NASDAQ under the symbol “USAT” since 2007.

The Company has deferred tax assets of approximately $27.7 million resulting from a series of operating loss carry forwards
that may be available to offset future taxable income from federal income taxes over the next five or more years.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared applying certain critical accounting policies. The Securities and Exchange
Commission (“SEC”) defines “critical accounting policies” as those that require application of management’s most difficult,
subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  Critical  accounting  policies  require  numerous  estimates  and  strategic  or  economic
assumptions that may prove inaccurate or subject to variations and may significantly affect our reported results and financial
position for the period or in future periods. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas
could have a material impact on our future financial condition and results of operations. Our financial statements are prepared
in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and they conform to general practices in our industry. We apply critical accounting policies
consistently from period to period and intend that any change in methodology occur in an appropriate manner. Accounting
policies currently deemed critical are listed below:

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue  from  the  sale  or  QuickStart  lease  of  equipment  is  recognized  on  the  terms  of  free-on-board  shipping  point.
Activation fee revenue, if applicable, is recognized when the Company’s cashless payment device is initially activated for use
on the Company network. Transaction processing revenue is recognized upon the usage of the Company’s cashless payment
and control network. License fees for access to the Company’s devices and network services are recognized on a monthly
basis. In all cases, revenue is only recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or
services  have  been  rendered,  the  price  is  fixed  and  determinable,  and  collection  of  the  resulting  receivable  is  reasonably
assured. The Company estimates an allowance for product returns at the date of sale and license and transaction fee refunds
on a monthly basis.

ePort hardware is available to customers under the QuickStart program pursuant to which the customer would enter into a
five-year  non-cancelable  lease  with  either  the  Company  or  a  third-party  leasing  company  for  the  devices.  The  Company
utilizes  its  best  estimate  of  selling  price  when  calculating  the  revenue  to  be  recorded  under  these  leases.  The  Quickstart
contracts  qualify  for  sales  type  lease  accounting.  Accordingly,  the  Company  recognizes  a  portion  of  lease  payments  as
interest  income.  At  the  end  of  the  lease  period,  the  customer  would  have  the  option  to  purchase  the  device  at  its  residual
value.

LONG LIVED ASSETS

In accordance with ASC 360, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, the Company reviews its definite lived long-
lived  assets  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  such  assets  may  not  be
recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets exceeds its net realizable value, the asset will be written
down to its fair value. In the period when the plan of sale criteria of ASC 360 are met, definite lived long-lived assets are
reported as held for sale, depreciation and amortization cease, and the assets are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair
value less costs to sell.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of the net assets purchased in acquisitions. The Company accounts for
goodwill in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”. Under ASC 350, goodwill is not amortized to
earnings, but instead is subject to periodic testing for impairment. Testing for impairment is to be done at least annually and
at other times if events or circumstances arise that indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company has selected
April 1 as its annual test date.

The  Company  tests  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  using  a  two-step  process.  The  first  step  screens  for
potential  impairment,  while  the  second  step  measures  the  amount  of  impairment.  The  Company  uses  a  relief  from  royalty
analysis to complete the first step in this process. Testing for impairment is to be done at least annually and at other times if
events  or  circumstances  arise  that  indicate  that  impairment  may  have  occurred.  The  Company  has  selected  April  1  as  its
annual test date for its indefinite-lived intangible assets.  The Company concluded there was an impairment of its

35

 
 
 
Table of Contents 

indefinite-lived trademarks as a result of its annual impairment testing in its fiscal year 2016, and recorded a $432 thousand
impairment  expense  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016.  This  impairment  expense  reduced  the
carrying value of the trademarks to zero at June 30, 2016.  There were no indefinite-lived intangible assets remaining at June
30, 2017.    

Patents, non-compete agreements, brand, developed technology and customer relationships, with an estimated economic life,
are carried at cost less accumulated amortization, which is calculated on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic
life. The Company reviews intangibles, subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers
to make required payments, including from a shortfall in the customer transaction fund flow from which the Company would
normally collect amounts due.

The  allowance  is  determined  through  an  analysis  of  various  factors  including  the  aging  of  the  accounts  receivable,  the
strength of the relationship with the customer, the capacity of the customer transaction fund flow to satisfy the amount due
from  the  customer,  an  assessment  of  collection  costs  and  other  factors.  The  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  receivable  is
management’s  best  estimate  as  of  the  respective  reporting  date.  The  Company  writes  off  accounts  receivable  against  the
allowance  when  management  determines  the  balance  is  uncollectible  and  the  Company  ceases  collection  efforts.
Management believes that the allowance recorded is adequate to provide for its estimated credit losses.

VALUATION ALLOWANCE

Income  taxes  are  computed  using  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting.  Under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  a
deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  recognized  for  estimated  future  tax  effects  attributable  to  temporary  differences  and
carryforwards.  The  measurement  of  deferred  income  tax  assets  is  adjusted  by  a  valuation  allowance,  if  necessary,  to
recognize future tax benefits only to the extent, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not such benefits will be
realized.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties,  if  any,  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  in  selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses.  No  interest  or  penalties  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  were  incurred  during  the  years  ended
June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

36

 
 
Table of Contents 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2017 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2016

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenues for
those periods. The period-to-period comparison of our historical results is not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected in the future.  

($ in thousands, except shares and per share data)     

2017

Year Ended June 30,
2016

  % of Sales    

    % of Sales    

Change

     % Change

Revenues:
License and transaction fees
Equipment sales
Total revenues

Cost of services
Cost of equipment
Total cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of intangible asset
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):
Interest income
Interest expense
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Total other expense, net

Loss before (provision) benefit for income
taxes
(Provision) benefit for income taxes

Net loss
Cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss applicable to common shares
Net loss per common share - basic and diluted

 $
 $

Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding - basic and diluted

 $

66.4%   $
69,142  
33.6%  
34,951  
104,093   100.0%  

47,053  
30,394  
77,447  

68.1%  
87.0%  
74.4%  

56,589  
20,819  
77,408  

38,089  
17,334  
55,423  

73.1%   $
26.9%  
100.0%  

67.3%  
83.3%  
71.6%  

12,553  
14,132  
26,685  

8,964  
13,060  
22,024  

22.1%
67.9%
34.5%

23.5%
75.3%
39.7%

26,646  

25.6%  

21,985  

28.4%  

4,661  

21.2%

25,493  
1,018  
 —  
26,511  
135  

24.5%  
1.0%  
0.0%  
25.5%  
0.1%  

482  
(892)  
(1,490)  
(1,900)  

0.5%  
(0.9%) 
(1.4%) 
(1.8%) 

(1,765)  
(87)  

(1.7%) 
(0.1%) 

(1,852)  
(668)  
(2,520)  
(0.06)  

(1.8%) 
(0.6%) 
(2.4%)  $
   $

22,373  
647  
432  
23,452  
(1,467) 

320  
(600) 
(5,674) 
(5,954) 

(7,421) 
615  

(6,806) 
(668) 
(7,474) 
(0.21) 

28.9%  
0.8%  
0.6%  
30.3%  
(1.9%) 

0.4%  
(0.8%) 
(7.3%) 
(7.7%) 

(9.6%) 
0.8%  

(8.8%) 
(0.9%) 
(9.7%)  $
   $

13.9%
57.3%
(100.0%)
13.0%
(109.2%)

50.6%
48.7%
(73.7%)
68.1%

76.2%
(114.1%)

72.8%
0.0%
66.3%

3,120  
371  
(432) 
3,059  
1,602  

162  
(292) 
4,184  
4,054  

5,656  
(702) 

4,954  
 —  
4,954  
0.15  

39,860,335  

  36,309,047  

3,551,288  

(9.8%)

Revenue Revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 were $104.1 million, consisting of $69.1 million of license and
transactions fees and $35.0 million of equipment sales, compared to $77.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016,
consisting of $56.6 million of license and transaction fees and $20.8 million of equipment sales. The increase in total revenue
from the prior year of $26.7 million, or 34.5%, was attributable to the 67.9% increase in equipment sales of $14.1 million and
the 22.1% increase in license and transaction fees of $12.6 million.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Revenue  from  license  and  transaction  fees,  which  represented  66.4%  of  total  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2017,  is  primarily
attributable to monthly ePort Connect® service fees and transaction processing fees. Highlights for fiscal year 2017 include:

·

·

·

·

Adding 139,000 net connections to our service, consisting of 157,000 new gross connections to our ePort Connect
service in fiscal year 2017, offset by 18,000 deactivations from business churn. The number of net new connections
added to our service during the fiscal year reflects connections added to our service during the fourth quarter of the
fiscal  year  which  were  attributable  to  a  significant  order  received  from  an  existing  customer  related  to  the
customer’s  efforts  to  attain  a  100%  cashless  presence  in  the  marketplace.  The  139,000  net  connections  added
compares to 96,000 net connections added in fiscal year 2016

As of June 30, 2017, the Company had approximately 568,000 connections to the ePort Connect service compared
to approximately 429,000 connections to the ePort Connect service as of June 30, 2016, an increase of 139,000 net
connections or 32.4%

Increases in the number of small-ticket credit/debit transactions and dollars handled for fiscal year 2017 of 31.4%
and 37.4%, respectively, compared to the same period a year ago; and

ePort Connect customer base grew 14.9% from June 30, 2016.

The increase in license and transaction fees was due to the growth in ePort Connect service fees and transaction dollars that
stems from the increased number of connections to our ePort Connect service.

Pursuant  to  its  agreements  with  customers,  in  addition  to  ePort  Connect  service  fees,  the  Company  earns  transaction
processing  fees  equal  to  a  percentage  of  the  dollar  volume  processed  by  the  Company  which  is  reflected  in  license  and
transaction fees revenues. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company processed approximately 414.9 million
transactions  totaling  approximately  $803.0  million  compared  to  approximately  315.8  million  transactions  totaling
approximately $584.4 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, an increase of approximately 31.4% in the number
of transactions and approximately 37.4% in the value of transactions processed.

New customers added to our ePort® Connect service during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 totaled 1,650, bringing the
total  number  of  customers  to  approximately  12,700  as  of  June  30,  2017.  The  Company  added  approximately  1,450  new
customers  in  the  year  ended  June  30,  2016.  The  Company  had  approximately  11,050  customers  as  of  June  30,  2016,
representing  a  14.9%  increase  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2017.  The  Company  views  the  total  installed  base  of
machines managed by its customers that have yet to transition to cashless payment as a key strategic opportunity for future
growth in connections. We count a customer as a new customer upon the signing of their ePort Connect service agreement.
When a reseller sells our ePort, we count a customer as a new customer upon the signing of the applicable services agreement
with the customer.

The  $14.1  million  increase  in  equipment  sales  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  continued  shift  to  the  Quickstart  program
from the Jumpstart program, including the significant order from an existing customer referred to above. 

Cost of sales Cost of sales consisted of cost of services for license and transaction fees of $47.1 million and $38.1 million and
equipment  costs  of  $30.4  million  and  $17.3  million  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2017  and  2016,  respectively.  The
increase in total cost of sales of $22.0 million, or 39.7%, was partially due to an increase in cost of equipment sales of $13.1
million primarily due to selling more units during the period under the QuickStart program. There was also an increase in
cost  of  services  of  $9.0  million  that  stemmed  from  the  increase  in  transaction  dollars  processed  by  the  greater  number  of
connections to the Company’s ePort Connect service.

Gross  Profit  Gross  profit  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2017  was  $26.6  million  as  compared  to  gross  profit  of  $22.0
million for the previous fiscal year, an increase of $4.6 million, or 21.2%, of which $3.5 million is attributable to license and
transaction fees gross profit and $1.1 million of equipment sales gross profit.

Gross Margin Overall gross margins decreased from 28.4% in the 2016 fiscal year to 25.6% in the fiscal year ended June 30,
2017, composed of a decrease in license and transaction fees’ margin to 31.8% from 32.7% in the prior fiscal year, and a
decrease in equipment sales margin from 16.8% in the prior fiscal year to 13.1% in the fiscal year ended June 30,

38

 
Table of Contents 

2017.  The decrease in overall gross margin is attributable to, among other things, reduced fees and/or pricing periodically
extended to customers who offer strategic and/or large market opportunities.

Selling,  general  and  administrative  Selling,  general  and  administrative  (“SG&A”)  expenses  of  $25.5  million  for  the
fiscal year ended June 30, 2017,  increased by $3.1 million or 13.9%, from the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily
attributable to a $3.0 million increase in professional services and other operating expenses and a $0.8 million increase in
salaries and other compensation-related expenses driven by the general expansion of our business, partially offset by a $0.7
million decrease in Vendscreen acquisition costs.

Total Other Income (Expense) Total Other Income (Expense) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, primarily consisted of a
$1.5 million non-cash charge for the change in the fair value of the Company’s warrant liability.

Tax Provision The tax provision for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 was $87 thousand, consisting of $600 thousand in
federal tax benefits offset by $(687) thousand in changes to permanent tax differences, primarily relating to the change in fair
value of warrant liabilities.

Non-GAAP net loss was $166 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 compared to non-GAAP net loss of $713
thousand for fiscal year ended June 30, 2016.

A reconciliation of net loss to non-GAAP net income (loss) for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

($ in thousands)

Net loss
Non-GAAP adjustments:

Non-cash portion of income tax provision
Fair value of warrant adjustment
VendScreen non-recurring charges
Litigation related professional fees
Non-recurring costs

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

Net loss
Cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss applicable to common shares

Non-GAAP net loss
Cumulative preferred dividends
Non-GAAP net loss applicable to common shares

Net loss per common share - basic and diluted
Non-GAAP net loss per common share - basic and diluted
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic and
diluted

Year ended

June 30, 
2017

June 30, 
2016

  $

(1,852)  $

(6,806)

54  
1,490  
109  
33  
 —  
(166)  $

(1,852)  $
(668) 
(2,520)  $

(166)  $
(668) 
(834)  $

(0.06)  $
(0.02)  $

(579)
5,674
842
156
 —
(713)

(6,806)
(668)
(7,474)

(713)
(668)
(1,381)

(0.21)
(0.04)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

  39,860,335  

  36,309,047

As  used  herein,  non-GAAP  net  income  (loss)  represents  GAAP  (Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles)  net  income
(loss) excluding costs or benefits relating to any adjustment for fair value of warrant liabilities and non-cash portions of the
Company’s  income  tax  benefit  (provision),  non-recurring  fees  and  charges  that  were  incurred  in  connection  with  the
acquisition  and  integration  of  the  VendScreen  business,  and  professional  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  the  class  action
litigation and the SLC investigation. Non-GAAP net earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing non-GAAP
net income (loss) by the number of weighted average shares outstanding. Management believes that non-GAAP net income
(loss) is an important measure of USAT’s business. Non-GAAP net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure which is
not  required  by  or  defined  under  GAAP.  The  presentation  of  this  financial  measure  is  not  intended  to  be  considered  in
isolation  or  as  a  substitute  for  the  financial  measures  prepared  and  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  including  the  net
income or net loss of the Company or net cash used in operating activities. Management recognizes that

39

   
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the items associated with the Company’s net
income  or  net  loss  as  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  are  not  a  substitute  for  or  a  measure  of  the  Company’s
profitability or net earnings. Management believes that non-GAAP net income (loss) and non-GAAP net earnings (loss) per
share  are  important  measures  of  the  Company’s  business.  Management  uses  the  aforementioned  non-GAAP  measures  to
monitor  and  evaluate  ongoing  operating  results  and  trends  and  to  gain  an  understanding  of  our  comparative  operating
performance. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure serves as a useful metric for our management and investors
because they enable a better understanding of the long-term performance of our core business and facilitate comparisons of
our operating results over multiple periods, and when taken together with the corresponding GAAP financial measures and
our reconciliations, enhance investors’ overall understanding of our current and future financial performance. Additionally,
the  Company  utilizes  non-GAAP  net  income  (loss)  as  a  metric  in  its  executive  officer  and  management  incentive
compensation plans.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company had Adjusted EBITDA of $7.1 million compared to Adjusted EBITDA
of $6.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. Reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal years
ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

($ in thousands)

Net loss

Less interest income
Plus interest expenses
(Less) plus income tax provision
Plus depreciation expense
Plus amortization expense
EBITDA
Plus change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Plus stock-based compensation
Plus intangible asset impairment
Plus VendScreen non-recurring charges
Plus Litigation related professional fees
Adjustments to EBITDA

Adjusted  EBITDA

Year ended

June 30,   
2017

June 30, 
2016

  $ (1,852)  $ (6,806)
(320)
600
(615)
  5,135
87
  (1,919)
  5,674
849
432
842
105
  7,902
  $ 7,082   $ 5,983

(482) 
892  
87  
5,416  
175  
4,236  
1,490  
1,214  
 —  
109  
33  
2,846  

As used herein, Adjusted EBITDA represents net loss before interest income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation,
amortization,  non-recurring  fees  and  charges  that  were  incurred  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  and  integration  of  the
VendScreen business, professional fees incurred in connection with the class action litigation, impairment charges related to
our EnergyMiser asset trademarks, and change in fair value of warrant liabilities and stock-based compensation expense. We
have  excluded  the  non-operating  item,  change  in  fair  value  of  warrant  liabilities,  because  it  represents  a  non-cash  gain  or
charge that is not related to our operations. We have excluded the non-cash expense, stock-based compensation, as it does not
reflect our cash-based operations. We have excluded the non-recurring costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
VendScreen transaction in order to allow more accurate comparison of the financial results to historical operations. We have
excluded  the  professional  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  the  class  action  litigation  as  well  as  the  trademark  impairment
charges  because  we  believe  that  they  represent  a  charge  that  is  not  related  to  our  operations.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  a  non-
GAAP financial measure which is not required by or defined under GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles). We
use these non-GAAP financial measures for financial and operational decision-making purposes and as a means to evaluate
period-to-period  comparisons.  We  believe  that  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  provide  useful  information  about  our
operating results, enhance the overall understanding of past financial performance and future prospects and allow for greater
transparency  with  respect  to  metrics  used  by  our  management  in  its  financial  and  operational  decision  making.  The
presentation of this financial measure is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the financial measures
prepared  and  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  including  our  net  income  or  net  loss  or  net  cash  used  in  operating
activities. Management recognizes that non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the
items associated with our net income or net loss as determined in accordance with GAAP, and are not a substitute for or a
measure of our profitability or net earnings. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because we believe it is useful to investors as a
measure  of  comparative  operating  performance.  Additionally,  we  utilize  Adjusted  EBTIDA  as  a  metric  in  our  executive
officer and management incentive compensation plans.

40

 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2015

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenues for
those periods. The period-to-period comparison of our historical results is not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected in the future.

($ in thousands, except shares and per share data)     

2016

Year Ended June 30,
2015

  % of Sales    

    % of Sales    

Change

     % Change

Revenues:
License and transaction fees
Equipment sales
Total revenues

Cost of services
Cost of equipment
Total cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of intangible asset
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):
Interest income
Other income
Interest expense
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Total other expense, net

Loss before (provision) benefit for income
taxes
(Provision) benefit for income taxes

 $

73.1%   $
56,589  
26.9%  
20,819  
77,408   100.0%  

38,089  
17,334  
55,423  

67.3%  
83.3%  
71.6%  

43,633  
14,444  
58,077  

29,429  
11,825  
41,254  

75.1%   $
24.9%  
100.0%  

67.4%  
81.9%  
71.0%  

12,956  
6,375  
19,331  

8,660  
5,509  
14,169  

29.7%
44.1%
33.3%

29.4%
46.6%
34.3%

21,985  

28.4%  

16,823  

29.0%  

5,162  

30.7%

22,373  
647  
432  
23,452  
(1,467)  

28.9%  
0.8%  
0.6%  
30.3%  
(1.9%) 

320  
 —  
(600)  
(5,674)  
(5,954)  

0.4%  
0.0%  
(0.8%) 
(7.3%) 
(7.7%) 

(7,421)  
615  

(9.6%) 
0.8%  

16,451  
612  
 —  
17,063  
(240) 

83  
52  
(302) 
(393) 
(560) 

(800) 
(289) 

28.3%  
1.1%  
0.0%  
29.4%  
(0.4%) 

0.1%  
0.1%  
(0.5%) 
(0.7%) 
(1.0%) 

(1.4%) 
(0.5%) 

5,922  
35  
432  
6,389  
(1,227) 

36.0%
5.7%
0.0%
37.4%
511.3%

237  
(52) 
(298) 

285.5%
0.0%
98.7%
(5,281)  1343.8%
(963.2%)
(5,394) 

(6,621) 
904  

(827.6%)
(312.8%)

(525.0%)
0.0%
(325.4%)

(5,717) 
 —  
(5,717) 
(0.16) 

Net loss
Cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss applicable to common shares
Net loss per common share - basic and diluted

 $
 $

(6,806)  
(668)  
(7,474)  
(0.21)  

(8.8%) 
(0.9%) 
(9.7%)  $
   $

(1,089) 
(668) 
(1,757) 
(0.05) 

(1.9%) 
(1.2%) 
(3.0%)  $
   $

Basic weighted average number of common
shares outstanding

36,309,047  

35,719,211  

589,836  

(1.7%)

Revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 were $77.4 million, consisting of $56.6 million of license and transactions
fees and $20.8 million of equipment sales, compared to $58.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, consisting of
$43.6 million of license and transaction fees and $14.4 million of equipment sales. The increase in total revenue from the
prior year of $19.3 million, or 33%, was attributable to the 44% increase in equipment sales of $6.4 million and the 30% the
increase in license and transaction fees of $13.0 million.  Revenue from license and transaction fees, which represented 73%
of  total  revenue  for  fiscal  year  2016,  is  primarily  attributable  to  monthly  ePort  Connect®  service  fees  and  transaction
processing fees.

Highlights for fiscal year 2016 include:

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

·

·

·

·

Adding 96,000 net connections to our service, consisting of 110,000 new gross connections to our ePort Connect
service in fiscal year 2016, offset by 11,000 deactivations from business churn and 3,000 attributable to a former
customer against whom we have commenced litigation in order to seek to recover the amounts due to the Company
from the former customer. The 96,000 net connections added compares to 67,000 net connections added in fiscal
year 2015;

As of June 30, 2016, the Company had approximately 429,000 connections to the ePort Connect service compared
to approximately 333,000 connections to the ePort Connect service as of June 30, 2015, an increase of 96,000 net
connections or 29%;

Increases in the number of small-ticket, credit/debit transactions and dollars handled for fiscal year 2016 of 46% and
50%, respectively, compared to the same period a year ago; and

ePort Connect customer base grew 15% from June 30, 2015.

The increase in license and transaction fees was due to the growth in ePort Connect service fees and transaction dollars that
stems from the increased number of connections to our ePort Connect service.

Pursuant  to  its  agreements  with  customers,  in  addition  to  ePort  Connect  service  fees,  the  Company  earns  transaction
processing fees equal to a percentage of the dollar volume processed by the Company. During the fiscal year ended June 30,
2016, the Company processed approximately 315.8 million transactions totaling approximately $584.4 million compared to
approximately 216.6 million transactions totaling approximately $388.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015,
an  increase  of  approximately  46%  in  the  number  of  transactions  and  approximately  50%  in  the  value  of  transactions
processed.

New customers added to our ePort® Connect service during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 totaled 1,450, bringing the
total  number  of  customers  to  approximately  11,050  as  of  June  30,  2016.  The  Company  added  approximately  2,300  new
customers  in  the  year  ended  June  30,  2015.  The  Company  had  approximately  9,600  customers  as  of  June  30,  2015,
representing  a  15%  increase  during  the  past  twelve  months.  The  Company  views  the  total  installed  base  of  machines
managed by its customers that have yet to transition to cashless payment as a key strategic opportunity for future growth in
connections.  We  count  a  customer  as  a  new  customer  upon  the  signing  of  their  ePort  Connect  service  agreement.  When  a
reseller sells our ePort, we count a customer as a new customer upon the signing of the applicable services agreement with
the customer.

The  $6.4  million  increase  in  equipment  sales  was  primarily  attributable  to  selling  more  units,  versus  renting  units  via  the
JumpStart program, during the current fiscal year due to the reintroduction of the QuickStart program in September 2014.

Cost of sales Cost of sales consisted of cost of services for license and transaction fees of $38.1 million and $29.4 million and
equipment  costs  of  $17.3  million  and  $11.8  million  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  The
increase in total cost of sales of $14.2 million, or 34%, was partially due to an increase in cost of equipment sales of $5.5
million primarily due to selling more units during the period under the QuickStart program. There was also an increase in
cost  of  services  of  $8.7  million  that  stemmed  from  the  increase  in  transaction  dollars  processed  by  the  greater  number  of
connections to the Company’s ePort Connect service.

Gross Profit  Gross  profit  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016  was  $22.0  million  as  compared  to  gross  profit  of  $16.9
million for the previous fiscal year, an increase of $5.1 million, or 30%, of which $4.3 million is attributable to license and
transaction fees gross profit and $0.9 million of equipment sales gross profit.

Gross Margin Overall gross margins declined from 29.0% in the 2015 fiscal year to 28.4% in the fiscal year ended June 30,
2016, composed of an increase in license and transaction fees’ margin to 32.7% from 32.6% in the prior fiscal year, and a
decrease in equipment sales margin from 18.1% in the prior fiscal year to 16.7% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016.

Selling, general, and administrative Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses of $22.4 million for the fiscal
year ended June 30, 2016, increased by $5.9 million or 36%, from the prior fiscal year. SG&A expenses for the 2016 fiscal
year reflects the following: $1.6 million of costs incurred in connection with the VendScreen acquisition and integration as
well as operating expenses of the VendScreen business; bad debt expense of $1.5 million; $0.7 million of professional

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

fees and expenses incurred in connection with management’s annual assessment of internal controls over financial reporting
required under SOX 404; and $0.3 million of professional fees incurred in connection with the class action litigation and SLC
investigation.

Other Income and Expense Other income and expense for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, primarily consisted of a $5.7
million non-cash charge for the change in the fair value of the Company’s warrant liabilities. The primary factor affecting the
change in fair value is the increase in the Black-Scholes value of the warrants from June 30, 2015 to June 30, 2016, which
factored in the increase in the Company’s stock price as well as a decrease in its volatility used for this calculation during that
period.

Tax Benefit The tax benefit for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 was $615 thousand, consisting of $2.5 million in federal
tax benefits offset by $(1.9) million in changes to permanent tax differences, primarily relating to the change in fair value of
warrant liabilities.

Non-GAAP net loss was $713 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 compared to non-GAAP net loss of $470
thousand for fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

A reconciliation of net income to Non-GAAP net income for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

($ in thousands)

Net loss
Non-GAAP adjustments:

Non-cash portion of income tax provision
Fair value of warrant adjustment
VendScreen non-recurring charges
Litigation related professional fees

Non-GAAP net income (loss)

Net loss
Cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss applicable to common shares

Non-GAAP net income (loss)
Cumulative preferred dividends
Non-GAAP net income (loss) applicable to common shares

Net loss per common share - basic and diluted
Non-GAAP net loss per common share - basic and diluted

Year ended

June 30, 
2016

June 30, 
2015

  $

(6,806)  $

(1,089)

(579) 
5,674  
842  
156  
(713)  $

(6,806)  $
(668) 
(7,474)  $

(713)  $
(668) 
(1,381)  $

(0.21)  $
(0.04)  $

226
393
 —
 —
(470)

(1,089)
(668)
(1,757)

(470)
(668)
(1,138)

(0.05)
(0.03)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

Basic and diluted weighted average number of common shares
outstanding

36,309,047  

  35,719,211

As  used  herein,  non-GAAP  net  income  (loss)  represents  GAAP  (Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles)  net  income
(loss) excluding costs or benefits relating to any adjustment for fair value of warrant liabilities and non-cash portions of the
Company’s  income  tax  benefit  (provision),  non-recurring  fees  and  charges  that  were  incurred  in  connection  with  the
acquisition  and  integration  of  the  VendScreen  business,  and  professional  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  the  class  action
litigation and the SLC investigation. Non-GAAP net earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing non-GAAP
net income (loss) by the number of weighted average shares outstanding. Management believes that non-GAAP net income
(loss) is an important measure of USAT’s business. Non-GAAP net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial

43

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

measure which is not required by or defined under GAAP. The presentation of this financial measure is not intended to be
considered  in  isolation  or  as  a  substitute  for  the  financial  measures  prepared  and  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP,
including the net income or net loss of the Company or net cash used in operating activities. Management recognizes that
non-GAAP financial measures have limitations in that they do not reflect all of the items associated with the Company’s net
income  or  net  loss  as  determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  are  not  a  substitute  for  or  a  measure  of  the  Company’s
profitability or net earnings. Management believes that non-GAAP net income (loss) and non-GAAP net earnings (loss) per
share  are  important  measures  of  the  Company's  business.  Management  uses  the  aforementioned  non-GAAP  measures  to
monitor  and  evaluate  ongoing  operating  results  and  trends  and  to  gain  an  understanding  of  our  comparative  operating
performance. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure serves as a useful metric for our management and investors
because they enable a better understanding of the long-term performance of our core business and facilitate comparisons of
our operating results over multiple periods, and when taken together with the corresponding GAAP financial measures and
our reconciliations, enhance investors’ overall understanding of our current and future financial performance. Additionally,
the  Company  utilizes  non-GAAP  net  income  (loss)  as  a  metric  in  its  executive  officer  and  management  incentive
compensation plans.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, the Company had Adjusted EBITDA of $6.0 million as compared to an Adjusted
EBITDA  of  $6.3  million  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2015.  Reconciliation  of  net  income  (loss)  to  Adjusted
EBITDA for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

($ in thousands)

Net loss

Less interest income
Plus interest expenses
(Less) plus income tax provision
Plus depreciation expense
Plus amortization expense
EBITDA
Less change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Plus stock-based compensation
Plus intangible asset impairment
Plus VendScreen non-recurring charges
Plus Litigation related professional fees
Adjustments to EBITDA

Adjusted  EBITDA

For year ended

June 30, 
2016

June 30, 
2015

  $ (6,806)  $ (1,089)

(320) 
600  
(615) 
  5,222  
 —  
  (1,919) 
  5,674  
849  
432  
842  
105  
  7,902  

  $

5,983   $

(83)
302
289
  5,731
 —
  5,150
393
716
 —
 —
 —
  1,109
6,259

As used herein, Adjusted EBITDA represents net loss before interest income, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation,
amortization,  non-recurring  fees  and  charges  that  were  incurred  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  and  integration  of  the
VendScreen business, professional fees incurred in connection with the class action litigation, impairment charges related to
our EnergyMiser asset trademarks, and change in fair value of warrant liabilities and stock-based compensation expense. We
have  excluded  the  non-operating  item,  change  in  fair  value  of  warrant  liabilities,  because  it  represents  a  non-cash  gain  or
charge that is not related to our operations. We have excluded the non-cash expense, stock-based compensation, as it does not
reflect our cash-based operations. We have excluded the non-recurring costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
VendScreen transaction in order to allow more accurate comparison of the financial results to historical operations. We have
excluded  the  professional  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  the  class  action  litigation  as  well  as  the  trademark  impairment
charges  because  we  believe  that  they  represent  a  charge  that  is  not  related  to  our  operations.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  a  non-
GAAP financial measure which is not required by or defined under GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles). We
use these non-GAAP financial measures for financial and operational decision-making purposes and as a means to evaluate
period-to-period  comparisons.  We  believe  that  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  provide  useful  information  about  our
operating results, enhance the overall understanding of past financial performance and future prospects and allow for greater
transparency  with  respect  to  metrics  used  by  our  management  in  its  financial  and  operational  decision  making.  The
presentation of this financial measure is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the financial measures
prepared  and  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  including  our  net  income  or  net  loss  or  net  cash  used  in  operating
activities. Management recognizes that non-GAAP financial measures have limitations

44

 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

in that they do not reflect all of the items associated with our net income or net loss as determined in accordance with GAAP,
and  are  not  a  substitute  for  or  a  measure  of  our  profitability  or  net  earnings.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  presented  because  we
believe  it  is  useful  to  investors  as  a  measure  of  comparative  operating  performance.  Additionally,  we  utilize  Adjusted
EBITDA as a metric in our executive officer and management incentive compensation plans.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through cash from operating activities, borrowings under our bank line of
credit, along with equity issuances. Our principal source of liquidity is cash totaling $12.7 million and $19.3 million as of
June  30,  2017  and  June  30,  2016,  respectively.  On  July  25,  2017,  the  Company  closed  its  underwritten  public  offering
resulting  in  gross  proceeds,  before  deducting  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and  other  offering  expenses  of
approximately $43.1 million. The Company intends to use the net proceeds received from the offering for general corporate
purposes  and  working  capital  to  support  anticipated  growth.  These  purposes  may  include,  among  other  things,  future
acquisitions  of  businesses,  products  and  technologies,  or  establishing  strategic  alliances  that  the  Company  believes  will
complement its current or future business.    

Operating Activities  

For the year ended June 30, 2017, net cash used in operating activities was $6.8 million. The foregoing reflects a net benefit
for non-cash operating activities of $8.5 million, and net cash used by the change in various operating assets and liabilities of
$13.4 million which includes an increase in finance receivables of $12.1 million attributable to QuickStart sales which as of
June 30, 2017 were financed by the Company. Of the $8.5 million of non-cash activities, $5.6 million related to depreciation
and amortization expense, of which $4.5 million related to depreciation on JumpStart equipment allocated to cost of services.
In addition to depreciation expense, other major non-cash charges included $1.2 million of stock compensation expense and
$1.5 million expense due to the increase in the fair value of warrant liabilities.

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2015,  the  Company  reintroduced  QuickStart,  a  program  whereby  our  customers  are
able  to  purchase  our  ePort  hardware  via  a  five-year,  non-cancellable  lease.  Under  the  QuickStart  program,  we  sell  the
equipment  to  customers  and  create  a  long-term  and  current  finance  receivable  for  five-year  agreements.  In  the  third  and
fourth quarters of fiscal 2015, the Company signed vendor agreements with two finance companies, whereby our customers
would enter into leases directly with the finance companies as part of our QuickStart program. The Company invoices the
finance company for the equipment leased by our customer, and records an accounts receivable for the balances due from the
finance  companies,  and  typically  receives  full  payment  within  30  days.  Prior  to  the  reintroduction  of  QuickStart,  the
Company  had  previously  financed  its  customer’s  acquisition  of  ePort  equipment  primarily  though  the  JumpStart  rental
program. Under JumpStart, the Company records an investing capital expenditure cash outflow for the equipment provided
and fixed assets on the balance sheet, and then receives rental income from a month-to-month lease. Customers who utilize
third  party  finance  companies  with  the  QuickStart  program  improve  our  cash  flow  from  operations,  and  our  QuickStart
program reduces cash flow needed for investing activities otherwise incurred by us for our JumpStart program.      

Since  entering  into  vendor  agreements  with  two  third-party  finance  companies,  the  majority  of  QuickStart  sales
consummated have been with customers entering into agreements directly with the finance companies. Our customers have
shifted from acquiring our products under the JumpStart program which accounted for 60% of our gross connections in fiscal
year  2014,  to  QuickStart  and  sales  under  normal  trade  receivable  items  which  accounted  for  93%  and  91%  of  our  gross
connections in fiscal year 2017 and 2016, respectively. JumpSart was 7% of gross connections during the 2017 fiscal year
and 9% of our gross connections during the 2016 fiscal year.         

We are seeking to expand our outside financing partners in order to accommodate expected growth.    

Investing Activities 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, $3.7 million of cash was used by investing activities of which $2.3 million was
cash paid for JumpStart rental equipment and $1.7 million paid for the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

45

 
 
Table of Contents 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.9 million, generated predominantly by $6.2 million from the exercise of
common stock warrants partially offset by $2.0 million in repayments of long-term debt.

Sources of Cash

During the 2017 and 2016 fiscal years, the Company’s net (decrease) increase in cash was $(6.5) million and $7.9 million,
respectively. The Company has the following primary sources of capital available: (1) cash and cash equivalents on hand of
$12.7 million as of June 30, 2017; (2) the cash which may be provided by operating activities in the future; (3) $4.9 million
available as of June 30, 2017 under the line of credit provided we continue to satisfy the various covenants set forth in the
loan agreement, including the requirement to meet minimum quarterly adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the loan agreement;
(4) gross proceeds of $43.1 million from the public offering which closed on July 25, 2017; and (5) sales to third party
lenders of all or a portion of our finance receivables.

Therefore, the Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents and available cash resources described above would
provide sufficient capital resources to operate its anticipated business over the next 12 months.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

As  of  June  30,  2017,  the  Company  had  certain  contractual  obligations  due  over  a  period  of  time  as  summarized  in  the
following table:

Payments Due by Fiscal Year

($ in thousands)

Contractual Obligations
Long-Term Debt Obligations
Capital Lease Obligations
Operating Lease Obligations
Total Contractual Obligations

Total
1,226   $
3,263  
3,396  
7,885   $

  $

  $

2018

     2019-2020      2021-2022     
815   $
238  
1,144  
2,197   $

 —   $
29  
939  
968   $

411   $

2,996  
628  
4,035   $

2023 and
Beyond
 —
 —
685
685

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

The Company’s exposure to market risks for interest rate changes is not significant. Interest rates on its long-term debt are
generally fixed. The Company has no exposure to market risks related to available-for-sale securities. Market risks related to
fluctuations of foreign currencies are not significant and the Company has no derivative instruments.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

USA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

F-1
F-2
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
USA Technologies, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30,
2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended June 30, 2017. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of USA
Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries listed in Item 15(a). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and
schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on criteria
established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission in 2013 and our report dated August 22, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness
of USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania
August 22, 2017

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
USA Technologies, Inc.

We have audited USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017,
based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management Annual Report on Internal
Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining
an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit
also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies
and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.

In our opinion, USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control
over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the consolidated balance sheets of USA Technologies, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
June 30, 2017 and our report dated August 22, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Blue Bell, Pennsylvania
August 22, 2017

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

USA Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in thousands, except shares)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,149 and $2,814, respectively
Finance receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $19 and $0, respectively
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Finance receivables, less current portion
Other assets
Property and equipment, net
Deferred income taxes
Intangibles, net
Goodwill

Total assets

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Line of credit, net
Capital lease obligations and current obligations under long-term debt
Income taxes payable
Warrant liabilities
Deferred gain from sale-leaseback transactions

Total current liabilities

Long-term liabilities:

Capital lease obligations and long-term debt, less current portion
Accrued expenses, less current portion
Deferred gain from sale-leaseback transactions, less current portion

Total long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Shareholders’ equity:
  Preferred stock, no par value, 1,800,000 shares authorized, no shares issued

Series A convertible preferred stock, 900,000 shares authorized, 445,063 issued and
outstanding, with liquidation preferences of $18,775 and $18,108 at June 30, 2017 and 2016,
respectively
Common stock, no par value, 640,000,000 shares authorized, 40,331,645 and 37,783,444 shares
issued and outstanding at June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively

Accumulated deficit
Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
See accompanying notes.

F-4

June 30, 
2017

June 30, 
2016

 $

12,745  $
7,193   
11,010   
4,586   
968   
36,502   

8,607   
687   
12,111   
27,670   
622   
11,492   

19,272
4,899
3,588
2,031
987
30,777

3,718
348
9,765
27,724
798
11,703

 $

97,691  $

84,833

 $

16,054  $
4,130   
7,036   
3,230   
10   
 —   
239   
30,699   

1,061   
53   
100   
1,214   

12,354
3,458
7,119
629
18
3,739
860
28,177

1,576
15
40
1,631

 $

31,913  $

29,808

 —   

 —

3,138   

3,138

   245,999    233,394
   (183,359)    (181,507)
55,025
84,833

65,778   
97,691  $

 $

   
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents 

USA Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations

($ in thousands, except shares and per share data)

2017

Year ended June 30, 
2016

2015

Revenues:

License and transaction fees
Equipment sales

Total revenues

Cost of services
Cost of equipment

Total cost of sales
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of intangible asset

Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):

Interest income
Other income
Interest expense
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

Total other expense, net

Loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes
(Provision) benefit for income taxes

Net loss
Cumulative preferred dividends
Net loss applicable to common shares
Net loss per common share - basic and diluted

 $

69,142   $
34,951  
104,093  

56,589   $
20,819  
77,408  

47,053  
30,394  
77,447  
26,646  

25,493  
1,018  
 —  
26,511  
135  

482  
 —  
(892) 
(1,490) 
(1,900) 

(1,765) 
(87) 

38,089  
17,334  
55,423  
21,985  

22,373  
647  
432  
23,452  
(1,467) 

320  
 —  
(600) 
(5,674) 
(5,954) 

(7,421) 
615  

 $

(1,852) 
(668) 
(2,520)  $
(0.06) 

(6,806) 
(668) 
(7,474)  $
(0.21) 

43,633
14,444
58,077

29,429
11,825
41,254
16,823

16,451
612
 —
17,063
(240)

83
52
(302)
(393)
(560)

(800)
(289)

(1,089)
(668)
(1,757)
(0.05)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic and diluted    39,860,335  

  36,309,047  

  35,719,211

See accompanying notes.

F-5

   
 
    
    
    
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents 

USA Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

($ in thousands, except shares)
Balance, June 30, 2014

Stock based compensation
Retirement of common stock
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
Net loss
Balance, June 30, 2015

Warrants issued in conjunction with Line of Credit
Agreement
Fair value of exercised warrant liability
Exercise of warrants
Stock based compensation
Retirement of common stock
Net loss
Balance, June 30, 2016

Fair value of exercised warrant liability
Exercise of warrants
Stock based compensation
Retirement of common stock
Net loss
Balance, June 30, 2017

See accompanying notes.

Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares
445,063

     Amount
3,138

 $

Shares
  35,602,123

     Amount
 $ 224,210

  Accumulated    
Deficit
(173,612)

 $

     Total

 $ 53,736

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

193,439
(31,899)

 —   
 —   

3,138

  35,763,663

 $ 224,874

716
(62)
10
 —   
 $

 —   
 —   
 —   

(1,089)
(174,701)

 $

 —   

 —  

 —  
 —   

 —   1,887,325
184,992
 —  
 —  
(52,536)
 —  

 —   

3,138

  37,783,444

 —   

 —  
 —   2,401,408
 —  
 —  
 —  

153,326  
(6,533)

 —   

52  

2,914
4,918
849
(213)

 —   
 $

233,394

 —   

 —   
 —   
 —   

(6,806)
(181,507)

5,229
6,193
1,214  
(31)
 —   
 $

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   

5,229
6,193
1,214
(31)
(1,852)
 $ 65,778

(1,852)
(183,359)

3,138

  40,331,645

 $ 245,999

716
(62)
10
(1,089)
53,311

52
2,914
4,918
849
(213)
(6,806)
55,025

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 $

445,063

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 $

445,063

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 $

445,063

F-6

   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

($ in thousands)

USA Technologies, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

USA Technologies, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

Non-cash stock-based compensation
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
Non-cash interest and amortization of debt discount
Bad debt expense
Depreciation and amortization
Impairment of intangible asset
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Deferred income taxes, net
Gain on sale of finance receivables
Recognition of deferred gain from sale-leaseback transactions

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Finance receivables
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Income taxes payable

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment, including rentals
Proceeds from sale of rental equipment under sale-leaseback transactions
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Cash paid for assets acquired from VendScreen
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Cash used in retirement of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants
Deferred financing costs
Proceeds from line of credit
Repayment of line of credit
Repayment of capital lease obligations and long-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid in cash
Income taxes paid in cash (refund), net
Supplemental disclosures of noncash financing and investing activities:
Reclass of rental program property to inventory, net
Prepaid items financed with debt
Equipment and software acquired under capital lease
Disposal of property and equipment under sale-leaseback transactions

See accompanying notes.

F-7

2017

Year ended June 30, 
2016

2015

 $

(1,852)  $

(6,806)  $

(1,089)

1,214  
(177) 
113  
764  
5,591  
 —  
1,490  
54  
 —  
(560) 

(2,988) 
(12,119) 
(2,399) 
(304) 
4,410  
(8) 
(6,771) 

(4,041) 
 —  
348  
 —  
(3,693) 

(31) 
6,193  
(90) 
 —  
(106) 
(2,029) 
 —  
 —  
3,937  
(6,527)
19,272
12,745

 $

849  
(167) 
13  
1,450  
5,222  
432  
5,674  
(660) 
 —  
(860) 

(375) 
(2,040) 
1,036  
(763) 
3,080  
383  
6,468  

(536) 
 —  
389  
(5,625) 
(5,772) 

(213) 
4,918  
 —  
7,163  
(3,992) 
(674) 
 —  
 —  
7,202  
7,898
11,374
19,272

 $

735   $
(335)  $

156   $
54   $
4,065   $
 —   $

551   $
501   $

1,150   $
103   $
444   $
 —   $

716
(17)
 —
1,098
5,731
 —
393
215
(52)
(834)

(2,539)
(4,114)
(1,931)
(304)
996
33
(1,698)

(1,702)
4,994
62
 —
3,354

(62)
 —
 —
(1,000)

(359)
2,057
10
646
2,302
9,072
11,374

306
31

674
103
108
3,873

 $

 $
 $

 $
 $
 $
 $

 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

1. BUSINESS

USA Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”, “We”, “USAT”, or “Our”) was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
in  January  1992.  We  are  a  provider  of  technology-enabled  solutions  and  value-added  services  that  facilitate  electronic
payment transactions primarily within the unattended Point of Sale (“POS”) market. We are a leading provider in the small
ticket,  beverage  and  food  vending  industry  and  are  expanding  our  solutions  and  services  to  other  unattended  market
segments, such as amusement, commercial laundry, kiosk and others. Since our founding, we have designed and marketed
systems and solutions that facilitate electronic payment options, as well as telemetry Internet of Things (“IoT”) and machine-
to-machine (“M2M”) services, which include the ability to remotely monitor, control, and report on the results of distributed
assets containing our electronic payment solutions. Historically, these distributed assets have relied on cash for payment in
the form of coins or bills, whereas, our systems allow them to accept cashless payments such as through the use of credit or
debit cards or other emerging contactless forms, such as mobile payment. All of our customers are located in North America.

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CONSOLIDATION

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
(“GAAP”)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  consolidated
financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash  equivalents  represent  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  from  time  of
purchase. Cash equivalents are comprised of money market funds. The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts,
which may exceed federally insured limits at times.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

Accounts  receivable  include  amounts  due  to  the  Company  for  sales  of  equipment,  other  amounts  due  from  customers,
merchant service receivables, and unbilled amounts due from customers, net of the allowance for uncollectible accounts.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers
to make required payments, including from a shortfall in the customer transaction fund flow from which the Company would
normally collect amounts due.

The  allowance  is  determined  through  an  analysis  of  various  factors  including  the  aging  of  the  accounts  receivable,  the
strength of the relationship with the customer, the capacity of the customer transaction fund flow to satisfy the amount due
from the customer, and an assessment of collection costs and other factors. The allowance for doubtful accounts receivable is
management’s  best  estimate  as  of  the  respective  reporting  date.  The  Company  writes  off  accounts  receivable  against  the
allowance  when  management  determines  the  balance  is  uncollectible  and  the  Company  ceases  collection  efforts.
Management believes that the allowance recorded is adequate to provide for its estimated credit losses.

FINANCE RECEIVABLES

The  Company  offers  extended  payment  terms  to  certain  customers  for  equipment  sales  under  its  Quick  Start  Program.  In
accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification® (“ASC”) Topic
840,  “Leases”,  agreements  under  the  Quick  Start  Program  qualify  for  sales-type  lease  accounting.  Accordingly,  the  future
minimum  lease  payments  are  classified  as  finance  receivables  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Finance
receivables  or  Quick  Start  leases  are  generally  for  a  sixty  month  term.  Finance  receivables  are  carried  at  their  contractual
amount and charged off against the allowance for credit losses when management determines that recovery is

F-8

 
Table of Contents

unlikely  and  the  Company  ceases  collection  efforts.  The  Company  recognizes  a  portion  of  the  note  or  lease  payments  as
interest income in the accompanying consolidated financial statements based on the effective interest rate method.

INVENTORY

Inventory consists of finished goods. The company's inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value.

The Company establishes allowances for obsolescence of inventory based upon quality considerations and assumptions about
future demand and market conditions.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, Net

Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost.  Property  and  equipment  are  depreciated  on  the  straight-line  basis  over  the
estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the lesser of
the estimated useful life of the asset or the respective lease term and are included in “Depreciation and amortization’ in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company’s intangible assets include goodwill, trademarks, non-compete agreements, brand, developed technology and
customer relationships.

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of the net assets purchased in acquisitions. The Company accounts for
goodwill in accordance with ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other”. Under ASC 350, goodwill is not amortized to
earnings, but instead is subject to periodic testing for impairment. Testing for impairment is to be done at least annually and
at other times if events or circumstances arise that indicate that impairment may have occurred. The Company has selected
April 1 as its annual test date. The Company has concluded there has been no impairment of goodwill during the fiscal years
ended June 30, 2017, 2016, or 2015.

There were no indefinite-lived intangible assets at June 30, 2017.  During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30,
2016,  the  fair  value  of  the  trademarks  were  determined  to  have  inconsequential  value  based  on  the  “relief  from  royalty”
methodology. This assessment resulted in an impairment write-down of $432 thousand during the fourth fiscal quarter of the
fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016,  which  is  included  in  “Impairment  of  intangible  asset”  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of
Operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. (See Note 7 Goodwill and Intangible Assets for details.)

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

In accordance with ASC 360, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, the Company reviews its definite lived long-
lived  assets  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  such  assets  may  not  be
recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets exceeds its net realizable value, the asset will be written
down to its fair value. In the period when the plan of sale criteria of ASC 360 are met, definite lived long-lived assets are
reported as held for sale, depreciation and amortization cease, and the assets are reported at the lower of carrying value or fair
value  less  costs  to  sell.  The  Company  has  concluded  that  the  carrying  amount  of  definite  lived  long-lived  assets  is
recoverable as of June 30, 2017 and 2016.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The  Company’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  ASC  820  “Fair  Value  Measurement.”
Under ASC 820 the Company uses inputs from the three levels of the fair value hierarchy to measure its financial assets and
liabilities. The three levels are as follows:

Level  1‑  Inputs  are  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  that  the  Company  has  the
ability to access at the measurement date.

Level  2‑  Inputs  are  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  Level  1  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either
directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for
identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable

F-9

 
 
Table of Contents

for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by
observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).

Level 3‑ Inputs are unobservable and reflect the Company’s assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the
asset or liability. The Company develops these inputs based on the best information available.

The Company’s financial instruments, principally accounts receivable, short-term finance receivables, prepaid expenses and
other assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, are carried at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term
maturity of these instruments. The fair value of the Company’s obligations under its long-term debt agreements and the long-
term  portion  of  its  finance  receivables  approximate  their  carrying  value  as  such  instruments  are  at  market  rates  currently
available to the Company.

CONCENTRATION OF RISKS

Financial instruments that subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts and
finance receivables. The Company maintains cash with various financial institutions where accounts may exceed federally
insured  limits  at  times.  Approximately  42%,    18%  and  35%  of  the  Company’s  trade  accounts  and  finance  receivables  at
June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were concentrated with one customer.

Concentration of revenues with customers subject the Company to operating risks. Approximately 20%,  16% and 21% of the
Company’s license and transaction processing revenues for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, were
concentrated  with  one  customer.  Approximately  37%,    28%  and  17%  of  the  Company’s  equipment  sales  revenue  were
concentrated with one customer for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s customers
are principally located in the United States.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue  from  the  sale  or  QuickStart  lease  of  equipment  is  recognized  on  the  terms  of  free-on-board  shipping  point.
Activation fee revenue, if applicable, is recognized when the Company’s cashless payment device is initially activated for use
on the Company network. Transaction processing revenue is recognized upon the usage of the Company’s cashless payment
and control network. License fees for access to the Company’s devices and network services are recognized on a monthly
basis. In all cases, revenue is only recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or
services  have  been  rendered,  the  price  is  fixed  and  determinable,  and  collection  of  the  resulting  receivable  is  reasonably
assured. The Company estimates an allowance for product returns at the date of sale and license and transaction fee refunds
on a monthly basis.

ePort hardware is available to customers under the QuickStart program pursuant to which the customer would enter into a
five-year  non-cancelable  lease  with  either  the  Company  or  a  third-party  leasing  company  for  the  devices.  The  Company
utilizes  its  best  estimate  of  selling  price  when  calculating  the  revenue  to  be  recorded  under  these  leases.    The  Quickstart
contracts  qualify  for  sales  type  lease  accounting.  Accordingly,  the  Company  recognizes  a  portion  of  lease  payments  as
interest  income.  At  the  end  of  the  lease  period,  the  customer  would  have  the  option  to  purchase  the  device  at  its  residual
value.

EQUIPMENT RENTAL

The Company offers its customers a rental program for its ePort devices, the JumpStart program (“JumpStart”). JumpStart
terms  are  typically  36  months  and  are  cancellable  with  thirty  to  sixty  days’  written  notice.  In  accordance  with  ASC  840,
“Leases”,  the  Company  classifies  the  rental  agreements  as  operating  leases,  with  service  fee  revenue  related  to  the  leases
included  in  license  and  transaction  fees  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations.  Costs  for  the  JumpStart  revenues,
which  consists  of  depreciation  expense  on  the  JumpStart  equipment,  is  included  in  cost  of  services  in  the  Consolidated
Statements of Operations. ePort equipment utilized by the JumpStart program is included in property and equipment, net on
the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

F-10

 
Table of Contents

WARRANTY COSTS

The Company generally warrants its products for one to three years. Warranty costs are estimated and recorded at the time of
sale based on historical warranty experience, if available. These costs are reviewed and adjusted, if necessary, periodically
throughout the year.

SHIPPING AND HANDLING

Shipping and handling fees billed to our customers in connection with sales are recorded as revenue. The costs incurred for
shipping and handling of our product are recorded as cost of equipment.

ADVERTISING

Advertising  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Advertising  expense  was  $0.4  million,  $0.3  million,  and  $0.2  million  in  the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred and primarily consist of contractors and product development
costs. Research and development expenses, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations, were approximately $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.5 million, for the years ended
June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Our research and development initiatives focus on adding features and
functionality to our system solutions through the development and utilization of our processing and reporting network and
new technology. 

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Costs  incurred  during  the  preliminary  project  along  with  post-implementation  stages  of  internal  use  computer  software
development  and  costs  incurred  to  maintain  existing  product  offerings  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  capitalization  and
ongoing  assessment  of  recoverability  of  development  costs  require  considerable  judgment  by  management  with  respect  to
certain external factors, including, but not limited to, technological and economic feasibility and estimated economic life.

ACCOUNTING FOR EQUITY AWARDS

In accordance with ASC 718 the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments is based
on the grant-date fair value of the award and allocated over the requisite service period of the award.

LITIGATION COSTS

From time to time, we are involved in litigation, claims, contingencies and other legal matters. We record a charge equal to at
least the minimum estimated liability for a loss contingency when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information
available prior to issuance of the financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability
had  been  incurred  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  (ii)  the  range  of  the  loss  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  We
expense legal costs, including those legal costs expected to be incurred in connection with a loss contingency, as incurred.

INCOME TAXES

The  Company  follows  the  provisions  of  FASB  ASC  740,  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  which  provides
detailed guidance for the financial statement recognition, measurement and disclosure of uncertain tax positions recognized
in the financial statements. Tax positions must meet a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold to be recognized.

Income  taxes  are  computed  using  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting.  Under  the  asset  and  liability  method,  a
deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  recognized  for  estimated  future  tax  effects  attributable  to  temporary  differences  and
carryforwards.  The  measurement  of  deferred  income  tax  assets  is  adjusted  by  a  valuation  allowance,  if  necessary,  to
recognize future tax benefits only to the extent, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not such benefits will be
realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in selling, general

F-11

 
Table of Contents

and administrative expenses. No interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions were incurred during the years ended
June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. The tax years
ended  June  30,  2014  through  June  30,  2017  remain  open  to  examination  by  taxing  jurisdictions  to  which  the  Company  is
subject.    While  the  statute  of  limitations  has  expired  for  years  prior  to  the  year  ended  June  30,  2014,  changes  in  reported
losses for those years could be made examination by tax authorities to the extent that operating loss carryforwards from those
prior years impact upon taxable income in current years. As of June 30, 2017, the Company did not have any income tax
examinations in process.

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) applicable to common shares by the weighted
average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing net income
(loss)  applicable  to  common  shares  by  the  weighted  average  common  shares  outstanding  for  the  period  plus  the  dilutive
effects  of  common  stock  equivalents  unless  the  effects  of  such  common  stock  equivalents  are  anti-dilutive.  For  the  years
ended  June  30,  2017,  2016  and  2015  no  effect  for  common  stock  equivalents  was  considered  in  the  calculation  of  diluted
earnings (loss) per share because their effect was anti-dilutive.

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

ASC  220,  “Comprehensive  Income”,  prescribes  the  reporting  required  for  comprehensive  income  and  items  of  other
comprehensive income. Entities having no items of other comprehensive income are not required to report on comprehensive
income. The Company has no items of other comprehensive income for its years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 or 2015.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Accounting pronouncements adopted in fiscal year 2017

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, “Inventory”, which simplifies the measurement of inventory by requiring
inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The standard is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company early
adopted this guidance during fiscal year 2017. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our
consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, “Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement Period Adjustments”,
which requires that the acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement
period in the reporting period in which the adjustment is determined. We adopted this standard during the first quarter of
fiscal 2017. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015‑17, "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes", which will require
entities to present all deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent on the balance sheet instead of separating deferred taxes
into current and noncurrent amounts. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning with the quarter ending
September 30, 2017. Early application is permitted. The standard can be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax
liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company early adopted this guidance during fiscal year
2017. As a result of the adoption, $2.3 million of deferred tax assets were reclassified from current to noncurrent assets as of
June 30, 2016.

Accounting pronouncements to be adopted.

The  Company  is  evaluating  whether  the  effects  of  the  following  recent  accounting  pronouncements  or  any  other  recently
issued,  but  not  yet  effective  accounting  standards,  will  have  a  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-12

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606).    This  ASU  was
amended  by  ASU  No.  2015-14,  issued  in  August  2015,  which  deferred  the  original  effective  date  by  one  year.  The  new
guidance provides a single model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and will
supersede most current revenue recognition guidance. The new standard also requires expanded qualitative and quantitative
disclosures  about  the  nature,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  rising  from  contracts  with  customers.  The
ASU is now effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those years, beginning with the year ending June
30, 2019.

The  Company’s  project  plan  includes  a  three-phase  approach  to  implementing  this  standard  update.  Phase  one,  the
assessment phase, is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2018 and includes the following activities: conducting
internal surveys of the business, holding revenue recognition workshops with sales and business unit finance leadership, and
reviewing  a  representative  sample  of  revenue  arrangements  across  the  business  to  initially  identify  a  set  of  applicable
qualitative  revenue  recognition  changes  related  to  the  new  standard  update.    The  objectives  for  the  second  phase  of  the
project will be to establish and document key accounting policies, assess disclosure, business process and control impacts. 
Phase  two  is  expected  to  be  completed  in  the  second  quarter  of  2018.    Lastly,  phase  three’s  objectives  will  comprise
effectively implementing the new standard update and embedding the new accounting treatment into the Company’s business
processes and controls to support the financial reporting requirements.  Phase three is expected to be completed in the fourth
quarter of 2018.

The  Company  is  still  evaluating  the  impact  that  the  new  standard  will  have  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial
statements and will be unable to quantify its impact until the third phase of the project has been completed.  The method of
adoption has also not yet been determined and is not expected to be finalized until the second phase of the project plan has
been completed.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, "Leases (Topic 842)." ASU 2016-02 requires that a lessee recognize the
assets  and  liabilities  that  arise  from  operating  leases.  A  lessee  should  recognize  in  the  statement  of  financial  position  a
liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset
for the lease term. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by
class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to
recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. The
company is the lessee under various agreements which are accounted for as operating leases as discussed in Note 18.  This
amendment  will  be  effective  for  the  Company  beginning  with  the  year  ending  June  30,  2020,  including  interim  periods
within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to
Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The ASU was issued as part of the FASB Simplification Initiative and involves
several aspects of accounting for shared-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, forfeitures and
classification on the statement of cash flows. This pronouncement will be effective for the Company beginning with the year
ending June 30, 2018, and interim periods within that fiscal year. Accordingly, the company will adopt this standard on July
1, 2017. The primary effects of adoption for the company relate to changes in classification within the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows and recognition of tax effects related to share-based payments. The new guidance requires all tax
related cash flows resulting from share-based payments to be reported as cash provided by operating activities in the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. This is a change from the current requirement to present excess tax benefits as cash
inflows from financing activities and tax deficiencies as cash outflows from operating activities.  The updated guidance also
requires all tax effects related to share-based payments to be recognized within the provision for income taxes in the
Consolidated Income Statements. Previously excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies were required to be recognized in
additional paid-in capital in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The standard does not permit retrospective adoption of this
update. As such, the company will adopt this update on a prospective basis.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash
Receipts and Cash Payments. The new guidance makes eight targeted changes to how cash receipts and cash payments are
presented  and  classified  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  This  pronouncement  will  be  effective  for  the  Company  beginning
with  the  year  ending  June  30,  2019,  and  interim  periods  within  that  fiscal  year.  Early  adoption  is  permitted,  including
adoption  in  an  interim  period.  If  an  entity  early  adopts  the  amendments  in  an  interim  period,  any  adjustments  should  be
reflected  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year  that  includes  that  interim  period.  An  entity  that  elects  early  adoption  must
adopt all of the amendments in the same period. The new guidance requires adoption on a retrospective basis unless it is

F-13

 
 
 
Table of Contents

impracticable  to  apply,  in  which  case  the  company  would  be  required  to  apply  the  amendments  prospectively  as  of  the
earliest date practicable.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – Simplifying the Test for
Goodwill Impairment, which outlines updates to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2
from the goodwill impairment test. ASU 2017-04 is effective for public business entities for annual periods, including interim
periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019, with early application permitted.

3. ACQUISITION

VENDSCREEN, INC.

On  January  15,  2016,  the  Company  executed  an  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  with  VendScreen,  Inc.  (“VendScreen”),  a
Portland, Oregon based developer of vending industry cashless payment technology, by which it acquired substantially all of
VendScreen’s  assets  and  assumed  specified  liabilities,  for  a  cash  payment  of  $5.6  million.  The  purchase  price  was  funded
using $2.6 million in cash, and the balance of $3.0 million from a term loan which was converted from a line of credit.

The  acquisition  expanded  the  Company’s  capability  with  interactive  media  (touchscreen)  and  content  delivery  through
VendScreen’s  cloud-based  content  delivery  platform,  device  platform  and  products,  customer  base,  vendor  management
system (VMS) integration, and consumer product information including nutritional data. In addition to new technology and
services, the acquisition added a West Coast operational footprint, with former VendScreen employees able to offer expanded
customer services, sales and technical support. On the date of the acquisition, VendScreen had approximately 150 customers
with approximately 6,000 connections. Of those 150 customers approximately 50% were new customers of USAT.

In December 2016, the Company finalized the opening balance sheet of VendScreen relating to facts existing at the opening
balance sheet date and recorded a reduction of goodwill for $211 thousand and increased finance receivables for the same
amount within the measurement period. The final goodwill amount related to VendScreen opening balance sheet is $3.8
million.

F-14

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation to reflect the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition.

($ in thousands)

Consideration:
Fair value of total consideration paid in cash

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

Financial Assets:

Accounts receivable
Finance receivables
Other current assets
Deferred income taxes
Fair value of financial assets

Property & equipment
Identifiable intangible assets:
Developed technology
Customer relationships
Brand
Noncompete agreements
Fair value of intangible assets

Financial liabilities

Accrued liabilities
Total identifiable net assets
Goodwill
Total Fair Value

     $

5,625

  $

 3
839
20
18
880
81

639
149
95
 2
885

(50)
1,796
3,829
5,625

  $

Of the $885 thousand of acquired intangible assets, $639 thousand was assigned to Developed Technology that is subject to
amortization  over  5  years,  $149  thousand  was  assigned  to  Customer  Relationships  which  are  subject  to  amortization  over
10  years;  $2  thousand  was  assigned  to  a  non-compete  agreement  that  is  subject  to  amortization  over  2  years,  and  $95
thousand was assigned to the Brand that is subject to amortization over 3 years. All of the intangible assets are amortizable
for income tax purposes.

The Company incurred $109 thousand and $842 thousand of acquisition / non-recurring expenses consists in connection with
the  acquisition  and  integration  of  the  VendScreen  business  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  June  30,  2017  and  2016,
respectively.  These costs were included within Selling, general and administrative expenses on the Consolidated Statement
of Operations.

The  acquired  business  contributed  net  revenues  of  $1.2  million  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2016.  ASC  805,
Business Combinations,  requires the disclosure of additional information including the amounts of earnings of the acquiree
since the acquisition date included in the consolidated income statement, and the revenue and earnings of the combined entity
as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred at the beginning of the prior annual
reporting  period  (supplemental  pro  forma  information).  The  disclosure  of  such  information  was  impractical  and  is  not
provided as (1) the acquiree had been integrated into the Company’s operation such that discreet financial information of the
acquiree could not be determined, and (2) the financial records of the acquiree were not adequate to allow the preparation of
supplemental pro forma information.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

4. EARNINGS PER SHARE CALCULATION

The calculation of basic loss per share and diluted loss per share is presented below:

($ in thousands, except per share data)

Numerator for basic and diluted loss per share 
Net loss
Preferred dividends
Net loss available to common shareholders

Denominator for basic loss per share - Weighted average shares
outstanding
Effect of dilutive potential common shares
Denominator for diluted loss per share - Adjusted weighted average
shares outstanding

Basic loss per share

Diluted loss per share

2017

Year ended June 30, 
2016

2015

  $

  $

(1,852)  $
(668) 
(2,520)  $

(6,806)  $
(668) 
(7,474)  $

(1,089)
(668)
(1,757)

39,860,335  
 —  

36,309,047  
 —  

35,719,211
 —

39,860,335  

36,309,047  

35,719,211

  $

  $

(0.06)  $

(0.21)  $

(0.06)  $

(0.21)  $

(0.05)

(0.05)

Antidilutive  shares  excluded  from  the  calculation  of  diluted  loss  per  share  were  634,231,    1,168,689,  and  252,827  for
the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

5. FINANCE RECEIVABLES

Finance receivables consist of the following:

($ in thousands)

Total finance receivables
Less current portion
Non-current portion of finance receivables

June 30, 
2017

June 30, 
2016

 $

  $

19,617   $
11,010  
8,607   $

7,306
3,588
3,718

The  Company  accounts  for  their  finance  receivables  using  delinquency  and  nonaccrual  data  as  key  performance
indicators.  At June 30, 2017, $102 thousand is outstanding and classified as nonperforming.  The Company expects to collect
on their outstanding finance receivables without the contracting of third parties.  At June 30, 2017, credit quality indicators
consist of the following:

Credit risk profile based on payment activity:
($ in thousands)

Performing
Nonperforming
Total

June 30, 
2017

June 30, 
2016

 $

  $

19,515   $
102  
19,617   $

7,174
132
7,306

Age Analysis of Past Due Finance Receivables
As of June 30, 2017

($ in thousands)

  30 and under  
Days Past
Due

31 – 60
Days Past
Due

61 – 90

  Days Past

Due

  Greater than  
  90 Days Past
Due

  Total Past

Due

     Current

Total
Finance

     Receivables

QuickStart Leases

 $

29  $

 3  $

35  $

35  $

102  $

19,515   $

19,617

F-16

 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Age Analysis of Past Due Finance Receivables
As of June 30, 2016

($ in thousands)

  30 and under  
Days Past
Due

31 – 60
Days Past
Due

61 – 90

  Days Past

Due

  Greater than  
  90 Days Past
Due

  Total Past

Due

     Current

Total
Finance

     Receivables

QuickStart Leases

 $

 —  $

98  $

31  $

 3  $

132  $

7,174   $

7,306

Finance receivables due for each of the fiscal years following June 30, 2017 are as follows:

($ in thousands)

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

Property and equipment consist of the following:

($ in thousands)

Computer equipment and software
Internal-use software
Property and equipment used for rental program
Furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

($ in thousands)

Computer equipment and purchased software
Internal-use software
Property and equipment used for rental program
Furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

(1)

Lesser of lease term or estimated useful life

$

11,010
2,417
2,462
2,006
1,656
66
19,617

Useful
Lives

3-7 years
3-5 years
5 years
3-7 years
(1)

Useful
Lives

3-7 years
3-5 years
5 years
3-7 years
(1)

  $

  $

  $

  $

June 30, 2017
  Accumulated
     Depreciation     

Net

Cost

5,951  $
1,089   
31,406   
1,174   
218   
39,838  $

(4,800)  $
(112)   
(21,948)   
(774)   
(93)   
(27,727)  $

1,151
977
9,458
400
125
12,111

June 30, 2016
  Accumulated
     Depreciation     

Net

Cost

5,369  $
137   
26,648   
874   
575   
33,603  $

(4,365)  $
(9)   
(18,246)   
(654)   
(564)   
(23,838)  $

1,004
128
8,402
220
11
9,765

The total for gross assets under capital leases was approximately $6.6 million and $2.6 million and accumulated amortization
totaled $3.1 million and $1.9 million as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capital lease amortization of approximately
$1.2 million, $271 thousand and $349 thousand, is included in depreciation expense for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016,
and 2015, respectively.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
    
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
    
    
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
Table of Contents

Depreciation expense allocated within our cost of sales for rental equipment was $4.6 million, $4.6 million, and $5.1 million
for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2017 respectively. 

7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Amortization expense relating to all acquired intangible assets was approximately $176 thousand, $87 and $0 during each of
the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Intangible asset balances consisted of the following:

($ in thousands)

Intangible Assets:

Non-compete agreements
Brand
Developed technology
Customer relationships

Total Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Beginning  
Balance

  Additions/

Year ended June 30, 2017  

Ending
Balance

  Amortization

     July 1, 2016      Adjustments      Amortization     June 30, 2017    

Period

 1  
79  
576  
142  
798   $

 —   
 —   
 —   
 —   
 —  $

(1) 
(32) 
(128) 
(15) 
(176)  $

 —  
47  
448  
127  
622  

2 years
3 years
5 years
10 years

  $

11,703  

(211)   

 —  

11,492  

Indefinite

Total Intangible Assets and Goodwill

  $ 12,501   $

(211)   $

(176)  $

12,114  

During fiscal 2017, the Company recorded adjustments which resulted in a measurement period adjustment of $211 thousand
between goodwill and finance receivables.

($ in thousands)

Intangible assets:

Trademarks - Indefinite
Non-compete agreements
Brand
Developed technology
Customer relationships

Total Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Beginning  
Balance

  Additions/

Year ended June 30, 2016  

Ending
Balance

  Amortization

     July 1, 2015      Adjustments      Amortization     June 30, 2016    

Period

  $

  $

432   $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
432   $

(432)  $
 2   
95   
639   
149   
453  $

 —   $
(1) 
(16) 
(63) 
(7) 
(87)  $

 —  
 1  
79  
576  
142  
798  

Indefinite
2 years
3 years
5 years
10 years

7,663  

4,040   

 —  

11,703  

Indefinite

Total Intangible Assets and Goodwill

  $

8,095   $

4,493   $

(87)  $

12,501  

In testing for impairment in fiscal year 2017, the Company concluded no impairment was needed for goodwill and there were
no remaining indefinite-lived intangible assets subject to testing.

During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, the fair value of the indefinite-lived trademarks related to 1)
VendingMiser, 2) CoolerMiser, 3) PlugMiser and 4) SnackMiser were determined to have inconsequential value based on the
“relief from royalty” methodology. Key assumptions in the valuation included the forecast sales volume, the royalty rate, the
tax amortization benefit, and the estimated remaining economic useful life. This assessment resulted in an

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

impairment  write-down  during  the  fourth  fiscal  quarter  of  $432  thousand,  which  is  included  in  “Impairment  of  intangible
asset” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016. 

At June 30, 2017, amortizable intangible asset balances were:

($ in thousands)

Non-compete agreements
Brand
Developed Technology
Customer Relationships

Cost

Accumulated
Amortization

Net Book Value

  $

  $

 2   $
95  
639  
149  
885   $

(2)  $
(48)  $
(191)  $
(22)  $
(263)  $

 —
47
448
127
622

Estimated annual amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets is as follows:

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

($ in thousands)

Accrued compensation and related sales commissions
Accrued professional fees
Accrued taxes and filing fees
Advanced customer billings
Accrued other

Less current portion

9. LINE OF CREDIT

     $

  $

175
159
143
79
15
51
622

June 30, 
2017

June 30, 
2016

 $

  $

1,495  $
798   
916   
442   
532   
4,183   
(4,130)   
53   $

1,268
809
795
236
365
3,473
(3,458)
15

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement and other ancillary
documents (as amended, the “Heritage Loan Documents”) with Heritage Bank of Commerce (“Heritage Bank”), providing
for a secured asset-based revolving line of credit in an amount of up to $12.0 million (the “Heritage Line of Credit”) at an
interest rate calculated based on the Federal Reserves’ Prime, which was 4.25% at June 30, 2017, plus 2.25%. The Heritage
Line of Credit and the Company’s obligations under the Heritage Loan Documents are secured by substantially all of the
Company’s assets, including its intellectual property.

During March 2017, the Company entered into the third amendment with Heritage Bank that extended the maturity date of
the Heritage Line of Credit from March 29, 2017 to September 30, 2018. The Company paid a total of $90 thousand in
deferred financing costs.

At the time of maturity, all outstanding advances under the Heritage Line of Credit as well as any unpaid interest are due and
payable. Prior to maturity of the Heritage Line of Credit, the Company may prepay amounts due under the Heritage

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Line of Credit without penalty, and subject to the terms of the Heritage Loan Documents, may re-borrow any such amounts.
The  Heritage  Loan  Documents  contain  customary  representations  and  warranties  and  affirmative  and  negative  covenants
applicable to the Company.

The  balance  due  on  the  Heritage  Line  of  Credit  was  $7.1  million  at  June  30,  2017  and  $7.2  million  at  June  30,
2016.  Included in the Heritage Line of Credit balance is $75 thousand of unamortized debt issuance costs, which is reflected
in our net liability of $7.0 million for year ending June 30, 2017.  As of June 30, 2017, $4.9 million was available under our
line of credit.

($ in thousands)

Principal balance at period-end
Unamortized discount
Line of credit, net
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
Average balance outstanding during the period
Weighted-average interest rate:

As of the period-end
Paid during the period

For Year ended
June 30, 

2017

2016

  $

  $
  $
  $

7,111  
(75) 
7,036  
7,395  
7,177  

$

$
$
$

6.5 %    
6.0 %    

7,217  
(98) 
7,119  
7,217  
4,959  

5.8 %
5.5 %

Interest expense on the Line of Credit was approximately $434 thousand, $260 thousand and $211 thousand during each of
the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively.

10. SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM DEBT BORROWINGS

ASSIGNMENT OF QUICKSTART LEASES

In February and May 2015, the Company assigned its interest in certain finance receivables (various 60 month QuickStart
leases) to third-party finance companies in exchange for cash and the assumption of financing obligations in the aggregate of
$1.8  million  and  $304  thousand,  respectively.  These  assignment  transactions  contain  recourse  provisions  for  the  Company
which requires the proceeds from the assignment to be treated as long-term debt. The financing obligations range in interest
rate from 9.4% to 9.5%.

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company extended the termination date for each of its six Sales Leaseback
Agreements  (the  “Sale  Leaseback  Agreements”)  with  a  third  party  financing  company  for  an  additional  year,  and  the
extension will also result in the transfer of ownership of the leased assets to the Company at the end of the new term.  As a
result  of  the  new  provision  for  ownership  transfer  back  to  the  Company,  the  Sale  Leaseback  Agreements  previously
considered to be operating leases are classified as capital leases at June 30, 2017.  The capital lease obligation related to the
Sale Leaseback Agreements was $2.4 million at June 30, 2017.  See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information relating to the Sale Leaseback Agreements. 

The Company periodically enters into capital lease obligations to finance certain office and network equipment for use in its
daily operations. At June 30, 2017 and 2016, such capital lease obligations were $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.
The interest rates on these obligations range from approximately 5.6% to 9.0% and the lease terms range from 2 to 5 years.

The  value  of  the  equipment  related  to  capital  leases  is  included  in  property  and  equipment  and  depreciated  over  the
applicable estimated useful lives accordingly.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The balance of long-term debt and capital lease obligations as of June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 are shown in the table
below.

($ in thousands)

Assignment of QuickStart Leases
Capital lease obligations

Less current portion

June 30,
2017

June 30,
2016

  3,065  

  $ 1,226   $ 1,600
605
  $ 4,291   $ 2,205
629
  $ 1,061   $ 1,576

  3,230  

The  maturities  of  long-term  debt  and  capital  lease  obligations  for  each  of  the  fiscal  years  following  June  30,  2017  are  as
follows:

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022

    $

    $

3,230
654
375
22
10
4,291

11. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

As of June 30, 2017, the Company held no Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 financial instruments.  As of 2016, the Company held
no Level 1 or Level 2 financial instruments. In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described in Note 2, the following
table shows the fair value of the Company’s level 3 financial instruments that were required to be measured at fair value as of
June 30, 2016:

June 30, 2016

Level 1

Level 2  

Level 3  

Total

Common stock warrant liability, 2.2 million warrants exercisable at $2.6058
from September 17, 2011 through September 17, 2016

  $

 —   $

 —   $ 3,739   $ 3,739

As of June 30, 2016 fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments totaled $3.7 million for 2.2 million warrants.
The  level  3  financial  instrument  consisted  of  common  stock  warrants  issued  by  the  Company  during  March  2011,  which
included  features  requiring  liability  treatment  of  the  warrants.  The  fair  value  of  warrants  issued  March  2011  to  purchase
shares of the Company’s common stock was based on valuations performed by an independent third party valuation firm. The
fair  value  was  determined  using  proprietary  valuation  models  considering  the  quality  of  the  underlying  securities  of  the
warrants, restrictions on the warrants and security underlying the warrants, time restrictions, and precedent sale transactions
completed on the secondary market or in other private transactions.

There were no transfer of assets or liabilities between level 1, level 2, or level 3 during the years ended June 30, 2017 and
2016.

($ in thousands)

Beginning balance
Increase due to change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Reduction due to warrant exercises
Ending balance

For Year Ended
June 30, 

2017

2016

  $ (3,739)  $
  (1,490) 
5,229  

(978)
  (5,674)
  2,913
 —   $ (3,739)

  $

F-21

   
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

12. WARRANTS

All  warrants  outstanding  as  of  June  30,  2017  were  exercisable.  The  following  table  shows  exercise  prices  and  expiration
dates for warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2017:

Warrants
Outstanding

Exercise
Price
Per Share

Expiration
Date

23,978  
23,978  

$

5.00  

March 29, 2021

The following table shows exercise prices and expiration dates for warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2016:

Warrants
Outstanding

Exercise
Price
Per Share

2,376,675  
45,000  
23,978  
2,445,653  

$
$
$

2.61  
2.10  
5.00  

Expiration
Date
September 18, 2016
December 31, 2017
March 29, 2021

Warrant activity for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was as follows:

Outstanding at June 30, 2015
Issued
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding at June 30, 2016
Issued
Exercised
Cancelled
Expired
Outstanding at June 30, 2017

Warrants

4,309,000
23,978
(1,887,325)
 —
2,445,653
 —
(2,401,408)
(20,267)
 —
23,978

On March 17, 2011, in conjunction with a private placement offering the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 4.3
million shares of Common Stock, exercisable at $2.6058 per share. The 4.3 million warrants were exercisable from
September 17, 2011 through September 17, 2016. During the year ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, approximately 2.4
million and 1.9 million warrants were exercised and the Company received cash proceeds of $6.2 million and $4.9 million,
respectively. Due to a change in control provision, the Company has recorded a liability of $0.0 million and $3.7 million at
June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for the estimated fair value of the warrants in its Consolidated Balance Sheet (see
Note 11‑Fair Value of Financial Instruments). Period to period changes in the fair value of these warrants were reflected
through income.  As of June 30, 2017 all of these warrants have been exercised.
In conjunction with the Loan and Security agreement (Note 9 – Line of Credit) and as a condition of the Avid bank (“the
Bank”) entering into the First Amendment, the Company issued to the Bank warrants to purchase up to 45 thousand shares of
Common Stock of the Company. The warrants were exercisable at any time prior to December 31, 2017 at an exercise price
of $2.10 per share. Upon issuance, the fair value of the warrants was $55 thousand using a Black Scholes model, which was
recorded as prepaid interest and included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and was amortized

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
Table of Contents

as  non-cash  interest  expense  over  the  remaining  term  of  the  Line  of  Credit  as  amended  in  January  2013.  During  the  year
ended June 30, 2017, these options were converted into shares per the terms of the warrant agreement.  As of June 30, 2017
all of these warrants have been exercised.

On  March  29,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  with  a  secondary  bank  (Note  9  –  Line  of
Credit), providing a secured asset-based revolving line of credit in an amount of up to $12 million. In conjunction with the
Loan and Security Agreement the company issued to the bank warrants to purchase up to 24 thousand shares of Common
Stock of the Company. The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to March 29, 2021 at an exercise price of $5.00 per
share. At the time of issuance the fair value of the warrants was estimated at $52 thousand using a Black Scholes model. This
was  recorded  as  a  contra-debt  item  and  is  included  in  the  line  of  credit  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  and  is  being
amortized as a non-cash interest expense over the remaining term of the Line of Credit. Non-cash interest expense of $39
thousand  and  $13  thousand  has  been  recognized  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  2017  and  2016,  respectively  related  to  this
warrant. As of June 30, 2017 all of the non-cash interest expense has been fully amortized.

13. INCOME TAXES

The Company has significant deferred tax assets, a substantial amount of which result from operating loss carryforwards. The
Company routinely evaluates its ability to realize the benefits of these assets to determine whether it is more likely than not
that such benefit will be realized. In periods prior to the year ended June 30, 2014, the Company’s evaluation of its ability to
realize the benefit from its deferred tax assets resulted in a full valuation allowance against such assets. Based upon earnings
performance that the Company had achieved along with the belief that such performance will continue into future years, the
Company determined during the year ended June 30, 2014 that it was more likely than not that a substantial portion of its
deferred  tax  assets  would  be  realized  with  approximately  $64  million  of  its  operating  loss  carryforwards  being  utilized  to
offset corresponding future years’ taxable income resulting in a reduction in its valuation allowances recorded in prior years.

In addition to considering recent periods’ performance, the evaluation of the amount of deferred tax assets expected to be
realized involves forecasting the amount of taxable income that will be generated in future years. The number of connections
added  in  a  service  year  is  a  key  metric  which,  in  the  Company’s  recurring  revenue  service  model,  becomes  an  important
ingredient  in  driving  future  growth  and  earnings.  The  Company  has  forecasted  future  results  using  estimates  that
management  believes  to  be  achievable.  With  respect  to  its  forecasts,  the  Company  also  has  taken  into  account  several
industry  analysts  who  have  projected  that  demand  for  technology  and  services  similar  to  the  Company’s  will  continue  to
grow in the markets the Company serves.

If in future periods the Company demonstrates its ability to grow taxable income in excess of the forecasts it has used, it will
re-evaluate the need to keep some, or all, of the remaining valuation allowances of approximately $23 million on its deferred
tax assets.

The (provision) benefit for income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 is comprised of the following:

($ in thousands)
Current:
Federal
State

Total current
Deferred:
Federal
State

Total deferred
Total income tax (provision) benefit

2017

2016

2015

  $

  $

(2)  $

(31) 
(33) 

(14) 
(40) 
(54) 
(87)  $

(7)  $

(38) 
(45) 

407  
253  
660  
615   $

(58)
(6)
(64)

365
(590)
(225)
(289)

The provision for income taxes for the year ended June 30, 2015 includes $396 thousand for the state and federal income tax
effects of a decrease in the applicable state tax rate used to tax effect deferred tax assets resulting from a state income tax law
change.

F-23

    
    
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the (provision) benefit for income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 to the indicated
(provision) benefit based on income (loss) before (provision) benefit for income taxes at the federal statutory rate of 34% is
as follows:

($ in thousands)
Indicated  (provision) benefit at federal statutory rate of
34%
Effects of permanent differences

Warrants
Other

State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Income tax credits
Changes related to prior years
Changes in valuation allowances

2017

2016

2015

$

600   $

2,523   $

272

(507) 
(137) 
(59) 
60  
 8  
(52) 
(87)  $

(1,929) 
(111) 
199  
70  
 —  
(137) 
615   $

(133)
(82)
(410)
40
187
(163)
(289)

$

At June 30, 2017 the Company had federal and state operating loss carryforwards of approximately $162 million and $72
million, respectively, to offset future taxable income expiring through approximately 2037. The timing and extent to which
the  Company  can  utilize  operating  loss  carryforwards  in  any  year  may  be  limited  because  of  provisions  of  the  Internal
Revenue  Code  regarding  changes  in  ownership  of  corporations  (i.e.  IRS  Code  Section  382).  The  changes  in  ownership
limitations  under  IRS  Code  Section  382  have  had  the  effect  of  limiting  the  maximum  amount  of  federal  operating  loss
carryforwards  as  of  June  30,  2017  available  for  use  to  offset  future  years’  taxable  income  to  approximately  $124  million.
Federal and state operating loss carryforwards start to expire in 2022 and 2018, respectively.

The net deferred tax assets arose primarily from net operating loss carryforwards, as well as the use of different accounting
methods for financial statement and income tax reporting purposes as follows:

($ in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
Asset reserves
Deferred research and development
Intangibles
Deferred gain on assets under sale-leaseback transaction
Stock-based compensation
Other

Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets
Deferred tax assets, net
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets, net of allowance

14. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

June 30,

2017

2016

46,604   $ 46,691
1,713
2,063  
1,356
1,634  
539
244  
331
125  
377
607  
379
285  
51,386
51,562  

(528)
(706) 
50,858
50,856  
(23,186) 
(23,134)
27,670   $ 27,724

  $

  $

The Company has three active stock based compensation plans at June 30, 2017 as shown in the table below:

Date Approved

Name of Plan

Type of Plan

June 2013
June 2014
June 2015

  2013 Stock Incentive Plan
  2014 Stock Option Incentive Plan
  2015 Stock Incentive Plan

  Stock
  Stock Options
  Stock & Stock Options

     Authorized

Shares

500,000
750,000
1,250,000
2,500,000

F-24

 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2017, the Company had reserved shares of Common Stock for future issuance for the following:

Exercise of Common Stock Warrants
Conversions of Preferred Stock and cumulative Preferred Stock dividends
Issuance under 2013 Stock Incentive Plan
Issuance under 2014 Stock Option Incentive Plan
Issuance under 2015 Stock Incentive Plan
Issuance to former Chief Executive Officer upon the occurrence of a USA Transaction
Total shares reserved for future issuance

23,978
100,667
9,004
1,447
  1,052,000
140,000
  1,327,096

STOCK OPTIONS

The Company estimates the grant date fair value of the stock options it grants using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The
Company’s  assumption  for  expected  volatility  is  based  on  its  historical  volatility  data  related  to  market  trading  of  its  own
common stock. The Company bases its assumptions for expected life of the new stock option grants on the life of the option
granted, and if relevant, its analysis of the historical exercise patterns of its stock options. The dividend yield assumption is
based on dividends expected to be paid over the expected life of the stock option. The risk-free interest rate assumption is
determined by using the U.S. Treasury rates of the same period as the expected option term of each stock option.

Expected volatility
Expected life
Expected dividends
Risk-free interest rate

Year ended  
June 30, 2017  

Year ended  
June 30, 2016  

Year ended
June 30, 2015

48-50%   59-66%   78-79%
7 years
  4.5 years
4 years
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
  1.06-1.90%   1.46-1.49%   1.59-2.04%

Stock based compensation related to stock options for the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $264 thousand, 
$338  thousand,  and  $370  thousand  respectively.  Unrecognized  compensation  related  to  stock  option  grants  as  of  June  30,
2017, 2016, and 2015 was $450 thousand, $167 thousand, and $297 thousand respectively.

The following tables provide information about outstanding options for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015:

Outstanding options, beginning of period
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding options, end of period

For the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 
2017

Shares

610,141   $
303,079   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
913,220   $

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

  Weighted Average

Exercise Price

1.35   $
1.80   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
1.51   $

2.07
4.30
 —
 —
 —
2.82

F-25

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Outstanding options, beginning of period
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding options, end of period

Outstanding options, beginning of period
Granted
Forfeited
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding options, end of period

For the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 
2016

Shares

538,888   $
199,586   $
(95,000)  $
 —   $
(33,333)  $
610,141   $

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

  Weighted Average

Exercise Price

1.33   $
1.63   $
1.80   $
 —   $
1.27   $
1.35   $

1.86
3.21
3.38
 —
1.80
2.07

For the Twelve Months Ended June 30, 
2015

Shares

120,000   $
438,888   $
(20,000)  $
 —   $
 —   $
538,888   $

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value

  Weighted Average

Exercise Price

1.49   $
1.30   $
1.49   $
 —   $
 —   $
1.33   $

2.05
1.82
2.05
 —
 —
1.86

The following table provides information related to options as of June 30, 2017:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices      Options Outstanding     

  Remaining Contractual  
Life

Shares
Exercisable

  Remaining Contractual   Weighted Average

Life

Exercise Price

$1.62 to $1.68
$1.80 to $2.00
$2.05
$2.09
$2.75
$2.94
$3.38
$4.00
$4.05
$4.40
$4.98

75,000  
295,555  
100,000  
10,000  
25,000  
75,000  
29,585  
75,000  
30,000  
178,000  
20,080  
913,220  

4.51  
4.16  
3.97  
4.58  
4.77  
5.53  
5.06  
6.69  
6.61  
6.78  
6.17  
5.18  

50,001  
245,555  
100,000  
6,666  
16,666  
25,000  
29,586  
 —  
10,000  
 —  
 —  
483,474  

4.51   $
4.16   $
3.97   $
4.58   $
4.77   $
5.53   $
5.06   $
 —   $
6.61   $
 —   $
 —   $
4.36   $

1.65
1.80
2.05
2.09
2.75
2.94
3.38
 —
4.05
 —
 —
2.08

The following table provides information about unvested options:

Unvested options, beginning of period
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested options, end of period

2017

For the Twelve Months Ended June 30,
2016

Weighted
  Average Grant  
     Date Fair Value       

Weighted
  Average Grant  
     Date Fair Value      

Shares

Shares

Shares

2015

Weighted

  Average Grant
     Date Fair Value

311,248   $
303,079   $
(184,581)  $
 —   $
429,746   $

1.39  
1.80  
1.42  
 —  
1.67  

505,553   $
199,586   $
(298,891)  $
(95,000)  $
311,248   $

1.32  
1.63  
1.31  
1.80  
1.39  

  120,000   $
  438,888   $
(33,335)  $
(20,000)  $
  505,553   $

1.49
1.30
1.49
1.49
1.32

The following table provides information about options outstanding and exercisable options:

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

2017

As of June 30,
2016

2015

Options

  Exercisable  

Options

  Exercisable 

Options

  Exercisable

     Outstanding      Options

    Outstanding     Options

     Outstanding     Options

Number
Weighted average exercise price
Aggregate intrinsic value
Weighted average contractual term
Share price as of June 30

STOCK GRANTS

  $
  $
  $
  $

913,220  

483,474  

610,141  

298,893  

2.82   $

1.87   $
2,173,464   $ 1,508,439   $ 1,341,828   $ 717,343   $

2.07   $

2.08   $

5.18  
5.20   $

4.36  
5.20   $

5.42  
4.27   $

5.17  
4.27   $

538,888  
1.86  
452,666  
6.21  
2.70   $

33,335
2.05
21,668
5.97
2.70

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  nonvested  common  shares  as  of  June  30,  2017,  2016,  and  2015,  and  changes
during the years then ended is presented below:

Nonvested at June 30, 2014
Granted
Vested
Nonvested at June 30, 2015
Granted
Vested
Nonvested at June 30, 2016
Granted
Vested
Nonvested at June 30, 2017

15. PREFERRED STOCK

  Weighted-Average

Grant-Date
Fair Value

Shares

43,811   $

155,927  
(181,134) 

18,604   $

131,558  
(21,664) 
128,498   $
135,585  
(141,527) 
122,556   $

1.59
2.00
1.89
1.88
3.04
2.70
2.97
4.25
3.33
3.96

The  authorized  Preferred  Stock  may  be  issued  from  time  to  time  in  one  or  more  series,  each  series  with  such  rights,
preferences  or  restrictions  as  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  As  of  June  30,  2017  each  share  of  Series A  Preferred
Stock is convertible into 0.194 of a share of Common Stock and each share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to 0.194  of
a vote on all matters on which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Series A Preferred Stock provides for an
annual cumulative dividend of $1.50 per share, payable when, and if declared by the Board of Directors, to the shareholders
of record in equal parts on February 1 and August 1 of each year. Any and all accumulated and unpaid cash dividends on the
Series A Preferred Stock must be declared and paid prior to the declaration and payment of any dividends on the Common
Stock.

The Series A Preferred Stock may be called for redemption at the option of the Board of Directors for a price of $11.00 per
share plus payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends. No such redemption has occurred as of June 30, 2017. In the event
of any liquidation as defined in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
issued  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  $10.00  for  each  outstanding  share  plus  all  cumulative  unpaid  dividends.  If  funds  are
insufficient  for  this  distribution,  the  assets  available  will  be  distributed  ratably  among  the  preferred  shareholders.  The
Series A Preferred Stock liquidation preference as of June 30, 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

($ in thousands)

For Shares outstanding at $10.00 per share
Cumulative unpaid dividends

June 30,
2017

June 30,
2016

  $ 4,451   $ 4,451
  13,657
  $ 18,775   $ 18,108

  14,324  

Cumulative  unpaid  dividends  are  convertible  into  common  shares  at  $1,000  per  common  share  at  the  option  of  the
shareholder. During the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, no shares of Preferred Stock nor cumulative preferred
dividends were converted into shares of common stock.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

16. RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company’s 401(k) Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) allows employees who have completed six months of service to make
voluntary  contributions  up  to  a  maximum  of  100%  of  their  annual  compensation,  as  defined  in  the  Retirement  Plan.  The
Company  may,  in  its  discretion,  make  a  matching  contribution,  a  profit  sharing  contribution,  a  qualified  non-elective
contribution, and/or a safe harbor 401(k) contribution to the Retirement Plan. The Company must make an annual election, at
the beginning of the plan year, as to whether it will make a safe harbor contribution to the plan. In fiscal years 2017, 2016
and 2015, the Company elected and made a safe harbor matching contributions of 100% of the participant’s first 3% and 50%
of  the  next  2%  of  compensation  deferred  into  the  Retirement  Plan.  The  Company’s  safe  harbor  contributions  for
the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 approximated $214 thousand, $189 thousand and $192 thousand, respectively.

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2014,  the  Company  and  a  third  party  finance  company,  entered  into  the  six  Sale
Leaseback  Agreements  pursuant  to  which  the  third-party  finance  company  purchased  ePort  equipment  owned  by  the
Company  and  used  by  the  Company  in  its  JumpStart  Program.  As  of  June  30,  2014,  the  third-party  finance  company
completed  the  purchase  of  the  ePort  equipment  under  the  first  two  of  the  Sale  Leaseback  Agreements.    During  the  first
quarter of 2015, the third-party finance company completed the purchase of the ePort equipment included in the remaining
four of the Sale Leaseback Agreements.

Rent expense under the Sale Leaseback Agreements was approximately $1.5 million,  $2.6 million, and $2.5 million during
the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Upon the completion of the sales, the Company computed a total gain on the sale of its ePort equipment as follows:

($ in thousands)

Rental equipment sold, cost
Rental equipment sold, accumulated depreciation upon sale
Rental equipment sold, net book value
Proceeds from sale
Gain on sale of rental equipment

  Year ended June 30, 

2015

  $

  $

3,873
(331)
3,542
4,994
1,452

In  accordance  with  the  FASB  topic  ASC  840‑40,  “Sale  Leaseback  Transactions”,  any  gain  shall  be  deferred  and  shall  be
amortized in proportion to the related gross rental charged to expense over the lease term. As such, the computed gain on the
sale was being recognized ratably over the 36 month lease term and charged as a reduction to the Company’s JumpStart rent
expense included in costs of services in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company extended the termination date for each of the six Sales Leaseback
Agreements with the third party financing company for an additional year and the extension will also result in the transfer of
ownership of the leased assets to the Company at the end of the new term.  As a result of the new provision for ownership
transfer at the end of the lease, the Sale Leaseback Agreements previously considered to be operating leases are classified as
capital leases at June 30, 2017 and the remaining deferred gain at the time of the extension will be amortized ratably over the
remaining estimated useful lives of the related property and equipment, through the fourth quarter of 2019.

At June 30, 2017 and 2016 the deferred gain was as follows:

F-28

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

($ in thousands)

Beginning balance
Recognition of deferred gain
Ending balance
Less current portion
Non-current portion of deferred gain

OTHER LEASES

Year ended June 30, 
2017

2016

  $

  $

900   $
(561) 
339  
239  
100   $

1,760
(860)
900
860
40

Other  lease  commitments  include  leases  for  its  operations  from  various  facilities.  The  Company  leases  space  located  in
Malvern,  Pennsylvania  for  its  principal  executive  office  and  used  for  general  administrative  functions,  sales  activities,
product development, and customer support. On December 1, 2016, pursuant to a Third Amendment to Office Space Lease
entered into in April 2016, the Company relocated from the approximately 17,249 square feet of premises that it previously
leased on the first floor of the building in Malvern, Pennsylvania, to 17,689 square feet of space on the third floor of such
building. The Third Amendment provided that the term of the Lease would expire seven years following December 1, 2016,
and  granted  to  the  Company  the  option  to  extend  the  term  of  the  Lease  for  an  additional  five-year  period,  and  provided
certain rights of first offer on additional space located on the third floor of the building. The straight-line rent expense for this
office  was  approximately  $38  thousand  per  month.  Commencing  in  June  2016,  and  pursuant  to  a  Fourth  Amendment  to
Office Space Lease, the Company has been temporarily leasing an additional 1,097 square feet of space in the building on
month-to-month basis at a monthly rent of $1,120. Pursuant to the rights of first offer set forth in the lease, commencing on
August 7, 2017, and as provided in the Fifth Amendment to Office Space Lease, the Company expanded its leased space to a
total of 23,138 square feet. The Company’s monthly base rent is now approximately $47 thousand, and will increase each
year up to a maximum monthly base rent of approximately $53 thousand during the remaining term of the lease. The lease
expires on November 30, 2023. The Company classifies this lease as an operating lease.

The Company leases space in Malvern, Pennsylvania for its product warehousing and shipping support. In March 2016, the
Company extended its lease from March 1, 2016 through February 29, 2019. The lease includes monthly rental payments of
$5 thousand. Beginning in March 2016 the straight-line rent expense for this operations site is approximately $5 thousand per
month for the duration of the lease period. The Company classifies this lease as an operating lease.

The  Company  leases  space  in  Portland,  Oregon  related  to  its  VendScreen  acquisition.  The  current  lease  commenced  on
October 17, 2016, and will terminate on December 31, 2019. The leased premises consists of approximately 5,362 square feet
of rentable space. The lease includes monthly rental payments of approximately $11 thousand through December 31, 2019.
The Company classifies this lease as an operating lease.

Rent  expense  under  other  operating  leases  was  approximately  $729  thousand,  $479  thousand  and  $354  thousand  during
the years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

F-29

 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF LEASE OBLIGATIONS

Future  minimum  lease  payments  for  fiscal  years  subsequent  to  June  30,  2017  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  and
capital leases are as follows:

($ in thousands)

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments
Less Amount Representing interest
Present Value of net minimum lease payments
Less Current obligations under capital leases
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion

LITIGATION

  $

  $

Operating
Leases

Capital
Leases

628   $
621  
523  
465  
474  
685  
3,396   $

  $

2,996
217
21
19
10
 —
3,263
198
3,065
2,819
246

As  previously  reported,  on  October  1,  2015,  a  purported  class  action  was  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the
Eastern  District  of  Pennsylvania  against  the  Company  and  its  executive  officers  alleging  violations  under  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. On December 15, 2015, the court appointed a lead plaintiff, and on January 18, 2016, the plaintiff
filed an amended complaint that set forth the same causes of action and requested substantially the same relief as the original
complaint.  On  February  1,  2016,  the  Company  filed  a  motion  to  dismiss  the  amended  complaint.  On  April  11,  2016,  the
Court  held  oral  arguments  on  the  Company’s  motion,  and  on  April  14,  2016,  the  Court  issued  an  order  granting  the
Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint without leave to amend. On May 13, 2016, the plaintiff appealed the
Court’s order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit.

On August 16, 2016, the plaintiff filed a Motion For Relief From Final Judgment with the District Court seeking an order
modifying  the  District  Court’s  April  14,  2016  order  dismissing  the  complaint,  and  permitting  the  plaintiff  to  now  file  an
amended  complaint  due  to  alleged  newly  discovered  evidence.  On  September  19,  2016,  the  District  Court  issued  an  order
denying the plaintiff’s Motion For Relief From Final Judgment, and on October 4, 2016, the plaintiff filed an appeal of this
order with the Court of Appeals. On October 6, 2016, the Court of Appeals consolidated the two appeals of plaintiff for all
purposes,  and  issued  a  briefing  and  scheduling  order.  On  March  28,  2017,  oral  argument  was  held  before  the  Court  of
Appeals, and as of the date hereof, the Court of Appeals has not rendered a decision.

By letter dated December 7, 2015, a purported shareholder of the Company demanded that the Board of Directors investigate,
remedy and commence proceedings against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors for breach of
fiduciary duties in connection with the material weakness in its internal controls over financial reporting which were more
fully described in the Company’s Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 (the “2015 Form 10‑K”). In response to
the demand letter, the Board of Directors formed a special litigation committee (“the SLC”) consisting of Joel Brooks and
William  Reilly,  Jr.,  in  order  to  investigate  and  evaluate  the  demand  letter.  On  June  1,  2016,  and  before  the  SLC  had
concluded  its  investigation,  the  purported  shareholder  filed  a  purported  derivative  action  on  behalf  of  the  Company  in  the
Chester  County,  Pennsylvania,  Court  of  Common  Pleas,  against  certain  current  and  former  officers  and  Directors.  The
complaint  alleges  that  the  defendants  breached  their  fiduciary  duties  relating  to  the  material  weakness  in  internal  controls
reported  in  the  2015  Form  10‑K.  The  complaint  seeks  unspecified  damages  against  the  defendants  and  certain  equitable
relief. On July 15, 2016 the SLC issued its report (the “SLC Report”) which, among other things, concluded that the none of
the  current  or  former  officers  or  Directors  had  breached  their  fiduciary  duties,  that  it  was  not  in  the  best  interests  of  the
Company to pursue the pending shareholder derivative action, and that the Company request the Court to dismiss the action
in  its  entirety.  On  August  1,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  adopted  all  of  the  conclusions  and
recommendations set forth in the SLC Report. On August 17, 2016, the Company filed with the Court a Motion to Dismiss
the  shareholder  derivative  complaint.  On  March  8,  2017,  the  Court  entered  an  order  granting  the  Company’s  Motion  to
Dismiss the complaint. On April 6, 2017, the plaintiff appealed the order to the Superior Court of Pennsylvania. As of the
date hereof, the Superior Court has not rendered a decision.

F-30

 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents

The  ultimate  outcome  of  these  matters  cannot  be  determined  at  this  time.  The  Company  believes  that  it  has  meritorious
defenses to such claims and is defending them vigorously, and has not recorded a provision for the ultimate outcome of these
matters in its financial statements.

18. UNAUDITED QUARTERLY DATA

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2017

     First Quarter

UNAUDITED
     Second Quarter      Third Quarter      Fourth Quarter     

Year

Revenues

Gross profit

Operating (loss) income

Net (loss) income

Cumulative preferred dividends

Net (loss) income applicable to
common shares

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Net (loss) earnings per common share -
basic

  $

Net (loss) earnings per common share -
diluted

  $

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - basic

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - diluted

21,588   $

21,756   $

26,460   $

34,289   $

104,093

6,167   $

6,334   $

6,625   $

7,520   $

26,646

(950)  $

(2,464)  $

(334)  $

234   $

233     $

 —   $

419   $

136   $

432   $

135

243   $

(1,852)

(334)  $

 —   $

(668)

(2,798)  $

233   $

(198)  $

243   $

(2,520)

(0.07)  $

0.01   $

0.00   $

0.01   $

(0.06)

(0.07)  $

0.01   $

0.00   $

0.01   $

(0.06)

38,488,005  

40,308,934  

40,327,697  

40,331,993  

39,860,335

38,488,005  

40,730,712  

40,327,697  

40,772,482  

39,860,335

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2016

     First Quarter

UNAUDITED
     Second Quarter      Third Quarter      Fourth Quarter     

Year

Revenues

Gross profit

Operating income (loss)

Net income (loss)

Cumulative preferred dividends

Net income (loss) applicable to
common shares

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Net earnings (loss) per common share -
basic

  $

Net earnings (loss) per common share -
diluted

  $

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - basic

Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding - diluted

21. SUBSE

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

16,600   $

18,503   $

20,361   $

21,944   $

5,047   $

5,483   $

5,672   $

5,783   $

112   $

360   $

594   $

(595)  $

(1,578)  $

(874)  $

(5,420)  $

(872)  $

(334)  $

 —   $

(334)  $

 —   $

77,408

21,985

(1,467)

(6,806)

(668)

26   $

(874)  $

(5,754)  $

(872)  $

(7,474)

0.00   $

(0.02)  $

(0.16)  $

(0.02)  $

(0.21)

0.00   $

(0.02)  $

(0.16)  $

(0.02)  $

(0.21)

35,848,395  

35,909,933  

36,161,626  

37,325,681  

36,309,047

36,487,879  

35,909,933  

36,161,626  

37,325,681  

36,309,047

On July 25, 2017, the Company closed its underwritten public offering of 9,583,332 shares of its common stock at a public
offering price of $4.50 per share. The foregoing included the full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase 1,249,999
additional shares from USAT. The gross proceeds to USAT from the offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and other offering expenses, was approximately $43.1 million.  The Company intends to use the net proceeds
received from the offering for general corporate purposes and working capital to support anticipated growth. These purposes
may include, among other things, future acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, or establishing strategic
alliances, that the Company believes will complement its current or future business.

2

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.

The  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  have  evaluated  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and
procedures  as  of  June  30,  2017.  Based  on  this  evaluation,  they  conclude  that  these  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are
effective.  Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  designed  to  ensure  that  the  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized
and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and to ensure that information required
to  be  disclosed  by  the  Company  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  is
accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  its  principal  executive  and  principal  financial
officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

Management  of  the  Company  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial
reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a‑15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process
affected by the Company’s management to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the  preparation  of  the  Company’s  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  United  States  generally
accepted accounting principles.

In  designing  and  evaluating  our  internal  controls  and  procedures,  our  management  recognized  that  internal  controls  and
procedures,  no  matter  how  well  conceived  and  operated,  can  provide  only  a  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the
objectives of the internal controls and procedures are met. In addition, any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal controls
over  financial  reporting  in  future  periods  is  subject  to  risk  that  those  internal  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of
changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2017. In
making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway
Commission’s  2013  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework.  Based  on  its  assessment,  management  concluded  that  the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2017.

RSM US LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements included in
this Annual Report on Form 10‑K, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is
included herein.

(c) Changes in internal control over financial reporting.

We identified in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016 (the “2016 Form 10-K”), significant deficiencies that,
when aggregated, resulted in a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting.

In response to these weaknesses, we have designed and implemented a series of internal controls related to a number of
business process areas, including:

·

·

·

Identification, analysis and accrual of merchant receivables at period-end

Detailed review of the accounts receivable aging, and

Search for and analysis of unrecorded liabilities prior to period close.

We have successfully completed the testing and remediation necessary to conclude that the material weakness identified in
our 2016 Form 10-K has been remediated.

48

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Except  as  noted  above,  there  have  been  no  changes  during  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2017  in  the  Company’s  internal
controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal controls
over financial reporting.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Our Directors and executive officers, on August 7, 2017, together with their ages and business backgrounds were as follows:

Name
Steven D. Barnhart (1)(2)
Joel Brooks
Stephen P. Herbert

Michael K. Lawlor
Priyanka Singh
Robert L. Metzger (1)
Albin F. Moschner (3)
William J. Reilly, Jr. (3)(4)
William J. Schoch (1)(4)

     Age      Position(s) Held
55   Director
58   Director
54   Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board of

Directors

56   Chief Services Officer
37   Chief Financial Officer
49   Director
64   Director
68   Director
52   Director

(1) Member of Audit Committee

(2) Lead independent director

(3) Member of Compensation Committee

(4) Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Each member of the Board of Directors will hold office until the 2018 annual shareholders’ meeting and until his successor
has been elected and qualified.

Steven  D.  Barnhart  was  appointed  to  the  Board  of  Directors  in  October  2009.  Mr.  Barnhart  is  the  Company’s  lead
independent  director,  has  been  a  member  of  our  Audit  Committee  since  December  2016,  and  served  as  a  member  of  our
Compensation Committee until December 2016. Since September 2014, Mr. Barnhart has served as the Senior Vice President
and  Chief  Financial  Officer  for  Bankrate,  Inc.  From  August  2012  to  June  2014,  Mr.  Barnhart  served  as  the  Senior  Vice
President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Sears  Hometown  and  Outlet  Stores,  Inc.  From  January  2010  to  June  2012,  Mr.
Barnhart  served  as  the  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Bally  Total  Fitness.  Mr.  Barnhart  was  Chief
Executive  Officer  and  President  of  Orbitz  Worldwide  from  2007  to  January  2009,  after  holding  other  executive  positions
since 2003, when he joined the company. Prior to Orbitz Worldwide, he worked for PepsiCo and the Pepsi Bottling Group
from 1990 to 2003, where he was Finance Director for the Southeast Business Unit of the Pepsi Bottling Group, and held
various finance and strategy roles at PepsiCo. Mr. Barnhart received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics in 1984 from
the College of the University of Chicago and a Masters in Business Administration in 1988 from the University of Chicago-
Booth School of Business. Mr. Barnhart served on the Board of Directors of Orbitz Worldwide from 2007 to January 2009.
We believe Mr. Barnhart’s extensive executive experience and leadership skills, and prior public board experience provide
the requisite qualifications, skills, perspectives, and experiences to serve on our Board of Directors.

Joel Brooks joined the Board of Directors of the Company in March 2007. Mr. Brooks served on our Audit Committee from
March 2007 until December 2016, and served as Chair since October 2009. Since May 2015, Mr. Brooks has served as the
Vice  President,  Finance,  for  MeiraGTx  Limited.  From  December  2000  until  May  2015,  Mr.  Brooks  served  as  the  Chief
Financial  Officer,  Treasurer  and  Secretary  of  Sevion  Therapeutics,  Inc.  (formerly  Senesco  Technologies,  Inc.),  a
biotechnology company whose shares are traded on the OTCQB. From September 1998 until November 2000, Mr. Brooks

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

was  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Blades  Board  and  Skate,  LLC,  a  retail  establishment  specializing  in  the  action  sports
industry. Mr. Brooks was Chief Financial Officer from 1997 until 1998 and Controller from 1994 until 1997 of Cable and
Company Worldwide, Inc. He also held the position of Controller at USA Detergents, Inc. from 1992 until 1994, and held
various positions at several public accounting firms from 1983 through 1992. Mr. Brooks received his Bachelor of Science
degree in Commerce with a major in Accounting from Rider University in February 1983. We believe Mr. Brooks’ extensive
accounting  and  finance  background,  and  his  executive  experience  at  Sevion  Therapeutics,  Inc.  provide  the  requisite
qualifications, skills, perspectives, and experiences to serve on our Board of Directors.

Stephen P. Herbert has been our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman since November 30, 2011. He was elected a director
in  April  1996,  and  joined  the  Company  on  a  full-time  basis  on  May  6,  1996  as  Executive  Vice  President.  During  August
1999, Mr. Herbert was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company. On October 5, 2011, Mr. Herbert
was  appointed  as  interim  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chairman,  and  on  November  30,  2011,  he  was  appointed  as  the
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.  Prior  to  joining  us  and  since  1986,  Mr.
Herbert had been employed by Pepsi-Cola, the beverage division of PepsiCo, Inc. From 1994 to April 1996, Mr. Herbert was
a  Manager  of  Market  Strategy.  In  such  position  he  was  responsible  for  directing  development  of  market  strategy  for  the
vending channel and subsequently the supermarket channel for Pepsi-Cola in North America. Prior thereto, Mr. Herbert held
various  sales  and  management  positions  with  Pepsi-Cola.  Mr.  Herbert  graduated  with  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from
Louisiana State University. We believe Mr. Herbert’s position as the President and Chief Operating Officer of our Company
until October 5, 2011 and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company thereafter, his intimate knowledge and
experience with all aspects of our Company, and his extensive vending experience at PepsiCo before joining our Company
provide the requisite qualifications, skills, perspectives, and experiences to serve on our Board of Directors.

Michael K. Lawlor has been our Chief Services Officer since March 8, 2016, in which role he oversees the Company’s ePort
Connect  Service,  including  delivery  to  customers  of  the  ePort  Connect  suite  of  cashless  payment,  consumer  engagement,
loyalty  and  telemetry  services,  customer  service  and  support,  premium  support  services,  Knowledge  Base,  and  strategic
partner development. Prior to his role as CSO, Mr. Lawlor was senior vice president of sales and business development at the
Company. Since joining the Company in 1996, Mr. Lawlor has provided senior leadership driving innovative sales programs,
national strategic partnerships and the development of an expanded suite of electronic payment services. Prior to joining the
Company, he worked for Pepsi-Cola Co., a division of PepsiCo, managing the retail, restaurant and vending business sectors
with regional and national positions that spanned several functions including sales, operations, and sales management in the
Dallas and Houston, Texas, markets. He was also a national accounts sales manager on the Pepsi-Cola national food service
team, responsible for corporate and franchise relationships, with multiple national restaurant chains. Mr. Lawlor graduated
with a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from the University of Texas, Arlington, in 1986.

Priyanka Singh  has  been  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  March  31,  2017.  Prior  to  that,  Ms.  Singh  served  as  the  Vice
President of Product Strategy and Innovation, and as Division CFO for Heartland Commerce at Global Payments, Inc. since
April  2016.  Prior  to  the  acquisition  of  Heartland  Payment  Systems  by  Global  Payments  in  April  2016,  she  had  served  in
various capacities since December 2011 with that company, including as Divisional CFO of the Heartland Commerce units,
as  Vice  President,  Finance,  and  as  Director,  Financial  Planning  and  Analysis.  Prior  thereto  and  since  2005,  she  had  been
employed  by  General  Electric  in  various  roles  at  both  GE  Capital  and  GE  Healthcare,  focusing  on  financial  planning  and
analysis, accounting, controllership, internal auditing and SOX compliance.  Ms. Singh is a Certified Public Accountant and
a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. She received a Bachelor of Commerce (Honors) degree
in Finance and Accounting from University of Rajasthan, India.

Robert  L.  Metzger  joined  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  in  March  2016.  Mr.  Metzger  has  been  the  Chair  of  our
Audit  Committee  since  December  2016,  and  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  since  June  2016.  He  has  served  as  the
Director of the Investment Banking Academy at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign College of Business since
August 2015, and as a lecturer in the Department of Finance since August 2015. He has served as a member of the Audit
Committee and the Board of Directors of WageWorks, Inc. since February 2016. Mr. Metzger was a Partner at William Blair
& Company, L.L.C. from January 2005 to December 2015 after joining the firm in 1999, and since January 2016, he has been
employed as a Senior Director at the firm. He served as the head of the Technology group between January 2011 and January
2015  and  of  the  Financial  Services  Investment  Banking  Group  between  April  2007  and  December  2015.  He  also  acted  as
Chairman of the firm’s Audit Committee from January 2013 to December 2015. Prior to joining William Blair & Company,
L.L.C.,  he  worked  in  the  Investment  Banking  Division  of  ABN  AMRO  Incorporated  from  1997  to  1999,  in  the  Financial
Institutions Group at A.T. Kearney, Inc. from 1995 to 1997, and in Audit and Audit Advisory

50

 
Table of Contents

Services  at  Price  Waterhouse  from  1990  to  1994.  Mr.  Metzger  graduated  with  a  Masters  in  Business  Administration  with
concentrations  in  finance  and  strategy  in  1995  from  Northwestern  University’s  Kellogg  School  of  Management  and  a
Bachelor of Science degree in Accountancy in 1989 from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. We believe that
Mr. Metzger’s finance and accounting background, his experience with public companies and capital markets, and experience
in the financial technology and payments space  provide the requisite qualifications, skills, perspectives, and experiences to
serve on our Board of Directors.

Albin  F.  Moschner  joined  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  in  April  2012.  He  is  the  Chair  of  our  Compensation
Committee, and was a member of our Audit Committee from June 2014 until June 2016. Mr. Moschner has been serving on
the Board of The Nuveen Funds since July 2016. He also served on the Board of Wintrust Financial Corporation from 1994
until June 2016. Previously, he served at Leap Wireless International, Inc. as the Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to
February 2011 and as Chief Marketing Officer from August 2004 to June 2008. Prior to joining Leap Wireless, Mr. Moschner
served as President of the Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. From January 1999 to December
2000,  Mr.  Moschner  was  President  of  One  Point  Services  at  One  Point  Communications.  Mr.  Moschner  served  at  Zenith
Electronics  Corporation  as  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  from  1995  to  1996  and  as  President,  Chief  Operating
Officer and Director from 1994 to 1995. Mr. Moschner has also served in various managerial capacities at Tricord Systems,
Inc.  and  International  Business  Machines  Corp.  Mr.  Moschner  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Engineering  in  Electrical  Engineering
from The City College of New York, awarded in 1974, and a masters degree in Electrical Engineering awarded by Syracuse
University  in  1979.  We  believe  that  Mr.  Moschner’s  marketing,  manufacturing  and  wireless  industry  experience  and  long
standing prior public board experience provide the requisite qualifications, skills, perspectives, and experiences to serve on
our Board of Directors.

William J. Reilly, Jr., joined the Board of Directors of the Company in July 2012. He is a member of our Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee, has been a member of our Compensation Committee since December 2016, and was a
member of our Audit Committee from July 2012 until December 2016. He has been an independent consultant since January
2011. From September 2004 to November 2010, Mr. Reilly was President and Chief Executive Officer of Realtime Media,
Inc.,  an  interactive  promotional  marketing  firm  serving  the  pharmaceutical  and  consumer  packaged  goods  markets.
Following the sale of Realtime Media, Inc. in November 2010, Mr. Reilly was retained as a consultant until January 2011.
From  September  2002  to  September  2004,  Mr.  Reilly  was  a  principal  at  Chesterbrook  Growth  Partners,  independent
consultants to the private equity community. Between 1989 and 2002, Mr. Reilly served at various positions at Checkpoint
Systems Inc., a multinational manufacturer and marketer of products and services for automatic identification, retail security,
pricing and brand promotion, including as Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President of the
Americas and Pacific Rim and Vice President of Sales. Prior to that, Mr. Reilly held national and sales management positions
at  companies  in  the  medical  electronics  and  telecommunications  industries,  including  Minolta  Corporation,  Megatech  Pty.
Ltd. and Multitone Electronics PLC. He has also served on the Board of Veramark Technologies, Inc., a telecommunications
software  firm,  from  June  1997  to  May  2008.  Mr.  Reilly  graduated  from  Mount  St.  Mary’s  University  with  a  Bachelor  of
Science  degree  in  Psychology  in  1970.  We  believe  that  Mr.  Reilly’s  executive,  business  development  and  international
experience provide the requisite qualifications, skills, perspectives and experiences to serve on our Board of Directors.

William  J.  Schoch  joined  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Company  in  July  2012.  He  is  the  Chair  of  our  Nominating  and
Corporate Governance Committee and has been a member of our Audit Committee since December 2016. Mr. Schoch is the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Western Payments Alliance, a non-profit payments association and has served in
that capacity since March 2008. He serves on the Boards of Western Payments Alliance and WesPay Advisors, a payments
consultancy  and  subsidiary  of  Western  Payments  Alliance.  He  is  a  past  director  of  NACHA  –  The  Electronic  Payments
Association  and  continues  to  serve  on  the  Steering  committee  of  NACHA's  Payments  Innovation  Alliance.  From  1997  to
2008,  Mr.  Schoch  worked  at  Visa  International  where,  as  the  Vice  President  of  Emerging  Market  Initiatives,  he  was
responsible  for  the  global  development  of  the  Visa  Money  Transfer  Platform.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Schoch  served  as  a  Vice
President  at  Citibank,  N.A.  from  1989  to  1997  and  as  an  Associate  Director  at  NACHA  from  1986  to  1989.  Mr.  Schoch
obtained  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  1986  from  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania  with  a  major  in  Public  Policy  and  a
minor in Economics. We believe that Mr. Schoch’s experience and familiarity with the electronic payments industry and his
leadership  experience  provide  the  requisite  qualifications,  skills,  perspectives  and  experiences  to  serve  on  our  Board  of
Directors.

51

 
Table of Contents

AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The  Board  of  Directors  has  a  standing  Audit  Committee  presently  consisting  of  each  of  Mr.  Metzger  (Chair),  and
Messrs. Barnhart and Schoch. The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Barnhart is an “audit committee
financial expert” under Securities and Exchange Commission rules, and has met the additional independence criteria required
for Audit Committee membership under applicable NASDAQ listing standards.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Our Board has adopted a Code of Ethics, which applies to all executive officers, directors and employees of the Company,
including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Services Officer and Controller. A copy of our Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics is accessible on the Company’s website, www.usatech.com.

The public may read and copy any materials the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F
Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by
calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and other
information regarding issuers that file electronically.  Such information can be accessed through the internet at www.sec.gov. 

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires the Company’s directors and executive officers,
and  persons  who  own  more  than  10%  of  the  Company’s  Common  Stock,  to  file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  reports  of  ownership  and  changes  in  ownership  of  Common  Stock.  Officers,  directors  and  greater  than  10%
beneficial owners are required by Securities and Exchange Commission regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all
Section 16(a) forms they file.

William J. Schoch filed one late Form 4 during the 2017 fiscal year.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

During  the  2017  fiscal  year,  our  named  executive  officers  (collectively,  the  “named  executive  officers”)  were  as  follows:
Stephen P. Herbert - Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Priyanka Singh – Chief Financial Officer; Leland P. Maxwell –
former  interim  Chief  Financial  Officer,  who  became  our  Senior  Vice  President  of  Finance  on  March  31,  2017;  Michael
Lawlor  -  Chief  Services  Officer;  Maeve  Duska  -  Senior  Vice  President  of  Marketing;  and  George  Harrum  –  Senior  Vice
President of Operations.

Our 2017 Compensation Goals and Objectives

The  Compensation  Committee  is  responsible  for  annually  reviewing  and  recommending  to  the  Board  for  approval  the
corporate  goals  and  objectives  relevant  to  the  compensation  of  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company,  evaluating  the
executive  officers’  performance  in  light  of  those  goals  and  objectives,  and  recommending  for  approval  to  the  Board  the
executive  officers’  compensation  levels  based  on  this  evaluation.  The  Chief  Executive  Officer  assisted  the  Compensation
Committee in establishing the compensation of our other executive officers, Priyanka Singh, Leland Maxwell, and Michael
Lawlor.  The  compensation  of  Mr.  Harrum  and  Ms.  Duska  was  determined  by  our  Chief  Executive  Officer.  Our  Chief
Executive Officer regularly provides information to the Compensation Committee. The Chief Executive Officer is not present
during  voting  or  deliberations  on  his  compensation.  The  Compensation  Committee  has,  from  time  to  time,  retained  an
independent  compensation  consultant,  Buck  Consultants,  LLC,  as  deemed  necessary  to  assist  the  Committee  in  making
appropriate recommendations regarding our executive officers’ compensation.

We have developed a compensation policy that is designed to attract and retain key executives responsible for our success
and  motivate  management  to  enhance  long-term  shareholder  value.  The  Compensation  Committee  believes  that
compensation  of  the  Company’s  executive  officers  should  encourage  creation  of  shareholder  value  and  achievement  of
strategic corporate objectives, and the Committee seeks to align the interests of the Company’s shareholders and management
by integrating compensation with the Company’s annual and long-term corporate and financial objectives.

52

 
 
Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee also ties a significant portion of each executive officer’s compensation to key operational and
financial goals and performance.

We have also designed and implemented our compensation package in order to be competitive with other companies in our
peer  group,  as  compiled  by  our  compensation  consultant,  and  to  motivate  and  retain  our  executive  officers.  Our
compensation package also takes into account individual responsibilities and performance.

Certain elements of our compensation reflect different compensation objectives. For example, as base salaries are generally
fixed  in  advance  of  the  year  in  which  the  compensation  will  be  earned,  the  Committee  believes  that  it  is  appropriate  to
determine  base  salaries  with  a  focus  on  similarly  situated  officers  at  comparable  peer  group  companies  while  also  having
them reflect the officer’s performance. On the other hand, annual bonuses and long-term incentives are better able to reflect
the Company’s performance as measured by total number of connections, total revenues, non-GAAP net income, adjusted
EBIDTA,  and  cash  generated  from  operations.  In  addition,  annual  bonuses  and  long-term  incentive  awards,  including  the
performance goals they are based on, help us achieve our goal of retaining executives, and motivating executive officers to
increase  shareholder  value.  The  other  elements  of  compensation  reflect  the  Committee’s  and  Board’s  philosophy  that
personal  benefits,  including  retirement  and  health  benefits,  should  be  available  to  all  employees  on  a  non-discriminatory
basis.

Our Executive Compensation Practices

Our compensation program for our executive officers features many commonly used “best practices” including:

·

·

·

·

Pay-for-performance. A substantial part of our executive officer’s pay is, in our view, performance based. For the
2017  fiscal  year,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  had  approximately  64.7%  of  his  total  target  compensation  tied  to
performance,  while  our  current  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Services  Officer  had  approximately  68.2%  and
52.3%, respectively, of their total target current compensation tied to performance.

Stretch performance goals. Our performance target goals under our Fiscal Year 2017 Short-Term Incentive Plan (the
“2017 STI Plan”) and Fiscal Year 2017 Long-Term Incentive Performance Share Plan (the “2017 LTI Stock Plan”)
are designed to stretch individual and organizational performance in order to receive target payouts.

Capped payouts under incentive plans. Both our long-term and short-term bonus programs have maximum payout
amounts in order to discourage excessive risk taking.

Stock ownership guidelines. We have significant ownership guidelines. Our Chief Executive Officer is required to
hold Common Stock with a value equal to a multiple of three times his base salary and our Chief Financial

53

 
Table of Contents

Officer and other executive officers are required to hold Common Stock with a value equal to one time his or her
base salary.

No Tax Gross-Up Provisions. Our compensation program does not include any excise tax gross-up provisions with
respect to payments contingent upon a change of control.

Limited  perquisites  for  our  executives.  Perquisites  are  not  a  significant  portion  of  our  executive  officers’
compensation, representing 1% of Mr. Herbert’s, 13.2% of Ms. Singh’s (consists of signing bonus), and 2.5% of Mr.
Lawlor’s total target compensation.

Independent compensation consultant. The Committee has from time to time retained an independent compensation
consultant, Buck Consultants, LLC, to review the executive compensation programs and practices.

No payment on change of control without a “double trigger”. Payments under our employment agreements require
two events for vesting – both the change of control and a “good reason” for termination of employment.

No repricing of underwater options. Our stock option incentive plan does not permit repricing or the exchange of
underwater stock options without shareholder approval.

·

·

·

·

·

Pay-for-Performance Review

Pay-for-performance  is  an  important  component  of  our  compensation  philosophy  and  is  evident  in  the  structure  of  our
compensation program. Our compensation approach is designed to motivate our executive officers to substantially contribute
to  the  Company’s  long-term  sustainable  growth.  Our  pay-for-performance  approach  provides  that  a  large  portion  of  our
executive officers’ total compensation should be in the form of short-term and long-term incentive awards with performance
hurdles designed to stretch individual and organizational performance.

Reinforcing pay-for-performance is a significant underpinning of our compensation program. During the 2017 fiscal year, a
total of 64.7% of Mr. Herbert’s, 68.2% of Ms. Singh’s and 52.3% of Mr. Lawlor’s total target compensation was in the form
of performance-based variable compensation designed to motivate them to deliver strong business performance and create
shareholder  value.  These  compensation  elements  were  dependent  upon  the  Company’s  achievement  of  pre-established
financial and other business goals recommended by the Committee as well as individual goals established by the Committee
or  consisted  of  stock  option  awards  which  are  inherently  performance  based  as  they  only  deliver  value  if  the  stock  price
increases.  All  stock  options  awarded  by  the  Committee  are  exercisable  at  the  closing  share  price  on  the  date  of  the  grant.
Based on actual results, the annual variable compensation amount and the ultimate value of the equity compensation awards
could have been significantly reduced if the Company or management did not perform.

For fiscal year 2017, the targeted aggregate compensation of our current named executive officers consisted of the following
components expressed as a percentage of total compensation:

Named Executive Officer

Stephen P. Herbert
Priyanka Singh
Michael Lawlor
Maeve Duska
George Harrum
Leland P. Maxwell

Base
Salary

Award
Bonus

Long-Term
Incentive

     Compensation      Other Benefits

     Compensation

Perquisites &  

Total

34%  
19%  
45%  
75%  
83%  
39%  

10%  
9%  
7%  
25%  
17%  
40%  

54

55%  
60%  
45%  
0%  
0%  
21%  

1%  
13%  
3%  
0%  
0%  
0%  

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The  long-term  incentive  compensation  in  the  above  table  and  in  the  table  set  forth  below  each  reflect  the  awards  to  Mr.
Herbert of incentive stock options to purchase up to 20,080 shares, to Ms. Singh of non-qualified stock options to purchase
up to 75,000 shares, and to Mr. Maxwell of non-qualified stock options to purchase up to 20,000 shares.

For fiscal year 2017, the aggregate compensation actually paid or awarded to our named executive officers consisted of the
following components expressed as a percentage of total compensation:

Named Executive Officer

Stephen P. Herbert
Priyanka Singh
Michael Lawlor
Maeve Duska
George Harrum
Leland P. Maxwell

Peer Group Analysis

Base
Salary

Award
Bonus

Long-
Term
Incentive
     Compensation     

Other

Perquisites &  

Other
Benefits

Total

     Compensation

36%  
19%  
47%  
75%  
83%  
39%  

11%  
9%  
7%  
25%  
17%  
40%  

52%  
58%  
43%  
0%  
0%  
21%  

1%  
14%  
3%  
0%  
0%  
0%  

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

In August 2016, the Company obtained an updated analysis from Buck Consultants, LLC which contained a new peer group
and updated the compensation analysis that had been previously performed. Buck Consultants, LLC assembled a peer group
of 15 companies that it deemed comparable to the Company on the basis of size, market capitalization, industry, or financial
performance. The peer group consisted of:

☐  Radysis Corporation
☐  Callidus Software, Inc.
☐  Limelight Networks, Inc.
☐  Exav Corporation
☐  Agilysys, Inc.

☐  Infrustrure, Inc.
☐  SciQuest, inc.
☐  Upland Software, Inc.
☐  PDF Solutions, Inc.
☐  Amber Road, Inc.
☐  Numerex Corp.
☐  CVI Global, Inc.
☐  Exa Corporation
☐  NAPCO Security Technologies, Inc. ☐  Zix Corporation

When making compensation decisions, the Committee reviews the aggregate target compensation paid to an executive officer
relative to the compensation paid to similarly situated executives, to the extent available, at our peer companies. For fiscal
year  2017,  the  Committee  recommended  a  compensation  program  for  our  executive  officers  consisting  of  target  level
compensation approximately equal to the 50th percentile for similarly situated officers at the peer group companies compiled
by Buck Consultants, LLC.

Elements of Compensation

This section describes the various elements of our compensation program for our named executive officers during the 2017
fiscal year. The components of compensation reflected in our named executive officers’ compensation program are set forth
in the following table:

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Base Salary

Element

Annual Bonus

Long Term Incentives

  Key Characteristics
  Fixed compensation

component payable in
cash. Reviewed annually
and adjusted when
appropriate.

  Variable compensation
component payable in
cash or stock based on
performance as compared
to annually-established
company and/or
individual performance
goals.

  Variable compensation
component payable in
restricted stock or stock
options.

Why We Pay
this Element

  Provide a base level of

competitive cash
compensation for
executive talent.

  How We Determine

the Amount

  Experience, job scope,

peer group, and individual
performance.

  Motivate and reward

executives for
performance on key
operational, financial and
personal measures during
the year.

  Organizational and

individual performance,
with actual payouts based
on the extent to which
performance goals are
satisfied.

  Alignment of long term
interests of management
and shareholders.
Retention of executive
talent.

  Organizational and

individual performance,
with actual awards based
on the extent to which
goals are satisfied.

Perquisites and Other Personal
Benefits

  Fixed compensation

component to provide
basic competitive
benefits.

  Provide a base level of

competitive compensation
for executive talent.

  Periodic review of
benefits provided
generally to all
employees.

Base Salary

Base salary is the fixed component of our named executive officers’ annual cash compensation and is set with the goal of
attracting talented executives and adequately compensating and rewarding them for services rendered during the fiscal year.
The Compensation Committee reviews our executive officers’ base salary on an annual basis.

The  base  salaries  of  each  of  our  executive  officers  reflect  the  individual’s  level  of  responsibility  and  performance.  In
recommending base salaries of our executive officers to the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee also considers
changes in duties and responsibilities, our business and financial results, and its knowledge of base salaries paid to executive
officers of our peer group. The base salaries of each of Ms. Duska and Mr. Harrum were established by our Chief Executive
Officer after discussions with each employee.

Effective August 31, 2016, we increased Mr. Herbert’s base salary by 25% to $450,000, and we increased Mr. Lawlor’s base
salary by 6.4% to $250,000.

Annual Bonus

Performance-based annual bonuses are based on each named executive officer’s achievement of performance goals. Annual
bonuses  are  intended  to  provide  officers  with  an  opportunity  to  receive  additional  cash  compensation  based  on  their
individual  performance  and  Company  results,  including  the  achievement  of  pre-determined  Company  and/or  individual
performance  goals.  Performance-based  bonuses  are  included  in  the  compensation  package  because  they  incentivize  our
named executive officers, in any particular year, to pursue particular objectives that are consistent with the overall goals and
strategic direction that the Board has set for the Company for that year.

The  Committee  believes  that  the  annual  performance-based  bonus  reinforces  the  pay-for-performance  nature  of  our
compensation program.

Fiscal Year 2017 Short-Term Incentive Plan

56

 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

At  the  recommendation  of  the  Compensation  Committee,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  the  2017  STI  Plan  covering  our
executive  officers.  Pursuant  to  the  2017  STI  Plan,  each  executive  officer  would  earn  a  cash  bonus  in  the  event  that  the
Company  achieved  during  the  2017  fiscal  year  certain  annual  financial  goals  (80%  weighting)  and  certain  annual  specific
performance  goals  relating  to  the  executive  officer  which  were  established  by  the  Compensation  Committee  (20%
weighting). The annual financial goals are total revenues (28% weighting), cash generated from operations (28% weighting),
and  non-GAAP  net  income  (24%  weighting).  Assuming  the  minimum  threshold  target  goal  would  be  achieved  for  a
particular metric, the amount of the cash bonus to be earned would be determined on a pro rata basis, provided that the bonus
would not exceed the maximum distinguished award for that metric.

The  individual  performance  goals  established  by  the  Compensation  Committee  for  Mr.  Herbert  included  clearly
communicating the Company's strategy, goals and objectives to the investment community, developing senior management
leadership necessary to support the future growth of the Company, and leading the effort to identify strategic alternatives for
the Company.

The  Compensation  Committee  sets  the  cash  bonus  opportunity  for  each  current  executive  officer  as  a  percentage  of  his
respective annual base salary as set forth in the following table:

Named Executive Officer

Stephen P. Herbert
Michael Lawlor
Priyanka Singh

Threshold
Performance

Target
Performance

Distinguished
 Performance

 —  
 —  
 —  

50%  
30%  
15%  

75%
45%
23%

Below were the threshold, target and distinguished cash bonus award target opportunities for our current executive officers:

Named Executive Officer

Stephen P. Herbert
Michael Lawlor
Priyanka Singh

Threshold
Performance

Target
Performance

Distinguished
Performance

  $  —
  $  —
  $  —

  $
  $
  $

225,000   $
75,000   $
41,250   $

337,500
112,500
61,875

Mr.  Herbert  earned  a  cash  bonus  of  $131,299,  representing  29.2%  of  his  base  salary,  Ms.  Singh  earned  a  cash  bonus  of
$33,334 representing 12.1% of her base salary, and Mr. Lawlor earned a cash bonus of $38,891 representing 15.6% of his
base salary, under the 2017 STI Plan. The Compensation Committee determined that Mr. Herbert had achieved 120% of his
individual  performance  target  goals,  Ms.  Singh  had  achieved  150%  of  her  individual  performance  target  goals,  and  Mr.
Lawlor  had  achieved  125%  of  his  individual  performance  target  goals.  Based  on  the  actual  performance  of  the  Company
during  the  2017  fiscal  year,  the  minimum  threshold  performance  target  was  not  met  for  non-GAAP  net  income  and  cash
generated from operations, and revenues for the fiscal year were in excess of the target goal but less than the distinguished
target goal. In determining the award under the 2017 STI Plan, the Compensation Committee further increased non-GAAP
net  income  by  certain  unusual  expenses  incurred  by  the  Company  during  the  fiscal  year  related  to  SOX  404  compliance.
Following the adjustment, non-GAAP net income exceeded the minimum threshold target but was less than the target goal
under the plan.

Other Named Executive Officers’ Cash Bonus

For  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2017,  the  cash  bonuses  earned  by  Mr.  Maxwell,  Mr.  Harrum  and  Ms.  Duska  under  the
fiscal  year  2017  management  incentive  plan  were  based  upon  the  attainment  of  financial  target  goals  by  the  Company
relating  to  connections  (25%  weighting),  revenues  (15%  weighting),  non-GAAP  net  income  (20%  weighting),  adjusted
EBITDA  (25%  weighting),  and  cash  generated  from  operations  (15%  weighting).  Based  on  the  actual  performance  of  the
Company during the 2017 fiscal year, the minimum threshold performance targets were not met for non-GAAP net income,
adjusted  EBITDA,  and  cash  generated  from  operations,  connections  were  in  excess  of  the  distinguished  target  goal,  and
revenues were in excess of the threshold but less than the target goal.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

57

 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As  described  above,  the  Compensation  Committee  believes  that  a  substantial  portion  of  each  executive  officer’s
compensation  should  be  in  the  form  of  long-term  incentive  compensation  in  order  to  further  align  the  interests  of  our
executive officers and shareholders.

Fiscal Year 2017 Long-Term Incentive Performance Share Plan

At the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors adopted the 2017 LTI Stock Plan covering
our executive officers. Under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan, each executive officer would be awarded shares of Common Stock in
the event that certain metrics relating to the Company’s 2017 fiscal year would result in specified ranges of year-over-year
percentage  growth.  The  metrics  are  total  number  of  connections  as  of  June  30,  2017  as  compared  to  total  number  of
connections as of June 30, 2016 (50% weighting), and adjusted EBITDA earned during the 2017 fiscal year as compared to
adjusted EBITDA earned during the 2016 fiscal year (50% weighting). The shares awarded under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan
would vest as follows: one-third on the date of issuance; one-third on June 30, 2018; and one-third on June 30, 2019.

At the time of the establishment of the 2017 LTI Stock Plan, the Compensation Committee believed that the attainment of the
target goals under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan would represent a significant achievement for management, and were designed to
stretch the Company’s and management’s performance during the fiscal year.

The Compensation Committee established target long-term award levels for each current executive officer as a percentage of
his respective annual base salary as indicated in the table set forth below.

Named Executive Officer

Stephen P. Herbert
Michael Lawlor
Priyanka Singh

Threshold
Performance

Target
Performance

Distinguished
Performance

 —  
 —  
 —  

150%  
100%  
38%  

225%
150%
56%

The table set forth below lists the value of the shares that would have been awarded to the executive officers under the 2017
LTI Stock Plan if all of the minimum threshold performance goals had been achieved, if all of the target performance goals
had been achieved, and if all of the distinguished performance goals had been achieved. Assuming the minimum threshold
target  goal  was  achieved  for  a  particular  metric,  the  number  of  shares  to  be  awarded  for  that  metric  was  required  to  be
determined on a pro-rata basis, provided that the award could not exceed the maximum distinguished award for that metric.

Named Executive Officer

Stephen P. Herbert
Michael Lawlor
Priyanka Singh

Threshold
Performance

Target
Performance

Target
Performance

  $  —
  $  —
  $  —

  $
  $
  $

675,000   $
250,000   $
103,125   $

1,012,500
375,000
154,688

Based  on  the  actual  performance  of  the  Company  during  the  2017  fiscal  year,  the  minimum  threshold  performance  target
established under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan was not met for adjusted EBITDA. Connections for the fiscal year were in excess
of  the  maximum  distinguished  target  goal.  In  determining  the  award  under  the  2017  LTI  Stock  Plan,  the  Compensation
Committee further increased Adjusted EBITDA by certain unusual expenses incurred by the Company during the fiscal year
related to SOX 404 compliance. Following the adjustment, Adjusted EBITDA exceeded the minimum threshold target but
was  less  than  the  target  goal  under  the  plan.  Consequently,  the  stock  award  to  each  executive  officer  under  the  2017  LTI
Stock Plan was as follows:

Names Executive Officer

Stephen P. Herbert
Michael Lawlor
Priyanka Singh

Number of
shares

Value of Shares as of
June 30, 2017

116,445   $
43,128   $
17,790   $

605,515
224,265
92,509

58

 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The shares awarded to Mr. Herbert had a value equal to 135% of his annual base salary, the shares awarded to Ms. Singh had
a value equal to 33.6% of her annual base salary, and the shares awarded to Mr. Lawlor had a value equal to 89.7% of his
annual base salary.

Stock Option Awards

During  September  2016,  Mr.  Herbert  was  awarded  incentive  stock  options  intended  to  qualify  under  Section  422  of  the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to purchase up to 20,080 shares at an exercise price of $4.98 per
share. The options vest on August 31, 2017, and expire if not exercised prior to August 31, 2023.

During March 2017, Ms. Singh was awarded non-qualified stock options to purchase up to 75,000 shares at an exercise price
of $4.00 per share. The options vest on March 31, 2018 and expire if not exercised prior to March 31, 2024.

During March 2017, Mr. Maxwell was awarded incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code to
purchase up to 20,000 shares at an exercise price of $4.05 per share. The options vest on March 31, 2018 and expire if not
exercised prior to March 31, 2024.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

Our  named  executive  officers  were  entitled  to  the  health  care  coverage,  group  insurance  and  other  employee  benefits
provided to all of our other employees.

Post-Termination Compensation

As set forth in his employment agreement, upon the termination of Mr. Herbert’s employment under certain circumstances,
including termination by the Company without cause or by a notice of non-renewal of the employment agreement, or under
certain circumstances following a change of control of the Company, the Company has agreed to pay Mr. Herbert a lump sum
amount equal to two times his annual base salary and all restricted stock awards or stock options would become vested as of
the date of termination.

We  believe  that  these  provisions  are  an  important  component  of  Mr.  Herbert's  employment  arrangement  and  will  help  to
secure his continued employment and dedication, notwithstanding any concern that he might have at such time regarding his
own continued employment, prior to or following a change of control.

The Committee notes that there would be no payments to our executive officers upon a change of control without a “double
trigger”.  Payments  under  our  employment  agreements  require  two  events  for  vesting  –  both  the  change  of  control  and  a
“good reason” for termination of employment.

Additional information regarding what would have been received by Mr. Herbert had termination occurred on June 30, 2017
is found under the heading “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” within this Form 10-K.

Stock Ownership Policy

We believe that providing our executive officers who have responsibility for the Company’s management and growth with an
opportunity  to  increase  their  ownership  of  Company  shares  aligns  the  interests  of  the  executive  officers  with  those  of  the
shareholders. Our Stock Ownership Guidelines provide that the Chief Executive Officer should own shares with a value of at
least three times his annual base salary, and the Chief Financial Officer and other executive officers should own shares with a
value of at least one times his or her annual base salary. Each executive officer has five years to obtain such ownership from
the commencement of serving as an executive officer. As of the date hereof, each executive officer is in compliance with the
policy.

Our Stock Ownership Guidelines provide that each non-employee director should own shares of Common Stock with a value
of at least five times his or her annual cash retainer. For this purpose, the annual retainer shall include the annual retainer for
service on the Board as well as the annual retainer for serving on one (but not more than one) Committee of the Board. Each
director has five years to obtain such ownership from commencement of service as a director. As of the date hereof, each of
the directors is in compliance with the policy.

59

 
Table of Contents

For  purposes  of  these  guidelines,  “shares”  include  shares  owned  by  the  executive  officer  or  director  or  by  such  person’s
immediate  family  members  residing  in  the  same  household  and  include  non-vested  restricted  stock  awards  held  by  the
executive officer or non-employee director.

Effect of 2017 Say-On-Pay Vote

At the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, over 90% of the votes cast on the advisory vote on the compensation of our
named  executive  officers  were  in  favor  of  the  Company’s  executive  compensation  disclosed  in  the  proxy  statement.  The
Compensation  Committee  considered  the  vote,  and  even  though  the  results  convey  strong  shareholder  support  for  the
Company’s executive compensation programs and the Compensation Committee’s decisions, the Committee determined that
it was in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to continue to evaluate our executive compensation programs
and, if appropriate, to strengthen certain aspects of these programs.

Impact of Taxation and Accounting Considerations on Executive Compensation

The  Compensation  Committee  and  the  Board  of  Directors  take  into  account  tax  and  accounting  consequences  of  the
compensation program and weigh these factors when setting total compensation and determining the individual elements of
any named executive officer’s compensation package.

The  stock  and  option  awards  to  our  named  executive  officers  under  our  equity  incentive  plans  provide  that  the  officer  is
responsible for any withholding or payroll tax obligations incurred by the Company in connection with the award, and that
the officer may satisfy any such obligations by, among other things, either the delivery to the Company of a cash payment
equal to the obligations, or the assignment or transfer to the Company of shares having a value equal to the obligations, or
such other method that shall be satisfactory to the Company.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation paid or accrued by the Company during the
fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2016, and 2015 to each of our named executive officers:

60

 
Table of Contents

  Fiscal  

Name and
Principal Position      Year     
Stephen P. Herbert  
2017   $
Chief Executive
Officer, President
& Chairman of the
Board

2016   $

2015   $

Stock

Option

All Other

Salary

     Bonus (1)

     Awards (2)

     Awards (3)

    Compensation (4)    

446,538   $

131,299   $

675,000   $

39,758   $

13,091   $

Total
1,305,686

358,194   $

134,227   $

360,000   $

48,225   $

10,600   $

911,246

341,227   $

101,732   $

341,227   $

261,055   $

10,400   $

1,055,641

Priyanka Singh (5)  
Chief Financial
Officer

Michael Lawlor
Chief Services
Officer

Leland P. Maxwell  
Former Interim
Chief Financial
Officer

Maeve Duska
Sr. VP of Sales and
Marketing

George Harrum  
Sr. VP of
Operations

2017   $

70,865   $

33,334   $

103,125   $

123,000   $

50,000   $

380,324

2017   $

249,231   $

38,891   $

250,000   $

 —   $

13,706   $

551,828

2016   $
2015   $

203,246   $
179,800   $

68,977   $
44,186   $

88,125   $
 —   $

107,250   $
50,283   $

9,990   $
7,830   $

477,588
282,099

2017   $

59,654   $

60,163   $

 —   $

32,400   $

 —   $

152,217

2016   $

92,000   $

42,331   $

2017   $

212,885   $

71,048   $

 —   $

 —   $

 —   $

 —   $

2016   $
2015   $

181,738   $
179,800   $

88,137   $
36,512   $

 —   $
50,000   $

 —   $
28,773   $

 —   $

134,331

 —   $

283,933

 —   $
 —   $

269,875
295,085

2017   $

196,269   $

40,939   $

2016   $
2015   $

180,508   $
179,800   $

50,786   $
17,674   $

 —   $

 —   $
 —   $

 —   $

 —   $

237,208

 —   $
28,555   $

7,899   $
7,362   $

239,193
233,391

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Represents cash bonuses earned upon such person’s performance during the fiscal year or upon the attainment by the
Company of certain target goals. For fiscal year 2017, represents (i) awards under the 2017 STI Plan to each of Mr.
Herbert,  Mr.  Lawlor,  and  Ms.  Singh,  and  (ii)  awards  under  the  fiscal  year  2017  management  incentive  plan  (the
“2017 MIP”) to each of Mr. Maxwell, Ms. Duska, and Mr. Harrum.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, the price of our common stock on the grant date equals the grant date fair
value of these stock awards. For fiscal year 2017, represents (i) 135,542 shares with a value of $675,000 that would
have  been  earned  by  Mr.  Herbert  under  the  2017  LTI  Stock  Plan  if  all  of  the  target  goals  had  been  achieved,  (ii)
50,201 shares with a value of $250,000 that would have been earned by Mr. Lawlor under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan
if all of the target goals had been achieved, and (iii) 20,708 shares with a value of $103,125 that would have been
earned by Ms. Singh under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan if all of the target goals had been achieved. Based on the actual
financial  results  for  the  fiscal  year,  Mr.  Herbert  was  awarded  shares  with  a  value  of  $605,515,  Ms.  Singh  was
awarded shares with a value of $92,509, and Mr. Lawlor was awarded shares with a value of $224,265. If all of the
maximum target levels had been achieved under the 2017 Plan, Mr. Herbert would have earned shares with a value
of $1,012,500, Mr. Lawlor would have earned shares with a value of $375,000, and Ms. Singh would have earned
shares with a value of $154,688. The shares earned under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan vest as follows: one-third on the
date of issuance; one-third on June 1, 2018; and one-third on June 1, 2019.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, the Black-Scholes value on the grant date equals the grant date fair value
of these option awards. For fiscal year 2017, represents (i) 20,080 incentive stock options awarded to Mr. Herbert on
August 31, 2016, which will vest on August 31, 2017, (ii) 75,000 non-qualified stock options awarded to Ms. Singh
on March 10, 2017, which vest on March 31, 2018, and (iii) 20,000 incentive stock options awarded to Mr. Maxwell
on March 27, 2017, which vest on March 31, 2018.

During  the  2017  fiscal  year,  represents  a  signing  bonus  awarded  to  Ms.  Singh.  During  the  2017  fiscal  year,
represents matching 401(k) plan contributions for Messrs. Herbert, Harrum and Lawlor.

(5)

Ms. Singh joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer on March 31, 2017.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Grants Of Plan-Based Awards Table

The table below summarizes the amounts of awards granted to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June
30, 2017:

     Grant Date          Target ($)

Underlying   Price of Option   and Option
Awards
  Awards (4)
Options (3)  
Maximum ($)

8/31/2016
8/31/2016

8/31/2016
3/10/2017

8/31/2016

3/27/2017

     $

   $

   $

   $

225,000

 —  
 —  

41,250

 —  
 —

75,000

 —  

117,500
 —

   $

164,000  

   $

94,500  

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

337,500  
 —  
 —  

61,875  
 —  
 —  

112,500  
 —  

146,875  
 —  

205,000  

118,125  

  All Other Option  
  Awards: Number  
of Securities
Underlying
Options (3)
Units (#)

  Grant Date Fair
  Exercise or Base   Value of Stock
  Price of Option  
Awards
$/Sh

and Option
Awards (4)
     Awards ($)

Target (#)      Maximum (#)         

 —  
135,542  
 —  

 —  

20,208

 —  

 —  

50,201

 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  
203,313  
 —  

 —  
31,062  
 —  

 —  
75,301  

 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —  
20,080   $

 —  
 —  
75,000   $

 —  
 —  

 —  
20,000   $

 —  

 —  

 —  
 —   $
4.98   $

 —  
 —   $
4.00   $

 —  
 —   $

 —  
4.05   $

 —  

 —  

 —
675,000
39,758

 —
103,125
123,000

 —
250,000

 —
32,400

 —

 —

Represents target and maximum awards for Mr. Herbert, Ms. Singh, and Mr. Lawlor under the 2017 STI Plan. Mr.
Herbert was awarded $131,299, Ms. Singh was awarded $33,334, and Mr. Lawlor was awarded $38,891 under the
2017  STI  Plan.  Represents  target  and  maximum  awards  for  Mr.  Maxwell,  Ms.  Duska,  and  Mr.  Harrum  under  the
2017  MIP.  Mr.  Maxwell  was  awarded  $60,163,  Ms.  Duska  was  awarded  $71,048,  and  Mr.  Harrum  was  awarded
$40,939, under the 2017 MIP.

Represents  number  of  shares  under  the  target  and  maximum  awards  for  Mr.  Herbert,  Ms.  Singh,  and  Mr.  Lawlor
under  the  2017  LTI  Stock  Plan.  The  number  of  shares  in  the  table  above  represents  the  total  dollar  value  of  the
award divided by the grant date value of the shares. Based upon the financial results for the 2017 fiscal year, Mr.
Herbert was awarded 116,445 shares under the plan, Ms. Singh was awarded 17,790 shares under the plan, and Mr.
Lawlor was awarded 43,128 shares under the plan. The shares awarded to each of Mr. Herbert, Ms. Singh, and Mr.
Lawlor under the plan vest as follows: one-third on the date of issuance; one-third on June 1, 2018; and one-third on
June 1, 2019.

Represents awards granted to Messrs. Herbert and Lawlor and Ms. Singh as follows: Mr. Herbert – 20,080 incentive
stock options; Ms. Singh - 75,000 non-qualified stock options, and Mr. Maxwell- 20,000 incentive stock options.
The  incentive  stock  options  awarded  to  Mr.  Herbert  vest  on  August  31,  2017.  The  non-qualified  stock  options
awarded to Ms. Singh and the incentive stock options awarded to Mr. Maxwell vest on March 31, 2018.

Represents the grant date fair value of the target award under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan or the option award, as the
case may be, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

Name
Stephen P.
Herbert

Priyanka
Singh

Michael
Lawlor

Leland P.
Maxwell

Maeve
Duska
George
Harrum

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End

The following table shows information regarding unexercised stock options and unvested equity awards granted to the named
executive officers as of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017:

62

 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Executive Officer
Stephen P. Herbert

Priyanka Singh
Michael Lawlor

Leland P.  Maxwell
Maeve Duska
George Harrum

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Exercisable

155,555  
29,585  
 —  
 —  
16,667  
25,000  
 —  
16,667  
16,667  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Unexercisable
(1)
50,000   $
 —  
20,080   $
75,000   $
8,333   $
50,000   $
20,000   $
8,333   $
8,333   $

Option
Exercise
Price($)

1.80  
3.38  
4.98  
4.00  
2.75  
2.94  
4.05  
1.62  
1.68  

Option
Expiration
Date
9/1/2021  
8/1/2022  
8/31/2023  
45,382  
4/8/2022  
1/12/2023  
3/31/2024  
1/2/2022  
1/2/2022  

Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)

21,077 (2)  $
 —  
 —  
 —  
5,159 (2)  $
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested($)

109,600
 —
 —
 —
26,827
 —
 —
 —
 —

(1)

(2)

Options vest as follows: Mr. Herbert – 50,000 of the $1.80 stock options on September 1, 2017, and 20,080 of the
$4.98 stock options on August 31, 2017; Ms. Singh - 75,000 on March 31, 2018; Mr. Lawlor – 25,000 on January
12, 2018, 8,333 on April 8, 2018, and 25,000 on January 12, 2019; Mr. Maxwell - 20,000 on March 31, 2018; Ms.
Duska – 8,333 on January 2, 2018; and Mr. Harrum – 8,333 on January 2, 2018.

Reflects shares awarded under the 2016 LTI Stock Plan. Shares vest on June 30, 2018. The closing market price on
June 30, 2017, or $5.20 per share, was used in the calculation of market value.

Option Exercises And Stock Vested

The following table sets forth information regarding options exercised and shares of common stock acquired upon vesting by
our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017:

Name
Stephen P. Herbert
Priyanka Singh
Michael Lawlor
Leland P. Maxwell
Maeve Duska
George Harrum

Executive Employment Agreements

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)

Value
Realized on
Exercise ($)

Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)

Value
Realized on
Vesting ($)

 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

56,381   $
 —   $
10,320   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $

293,181
 —
53,664
 —
 —
 —

Additional  information  regarding  each  named  executive  officer’s  employment  agreement  with  the  Company  is  set  forth
below.

Stephen P. Herbert

Mr. Herbert’s employment agreement provides that he has been appointed Chairman and is employed as the Chief Executive
Officer. The agreement provided for an initial term continuing through January 1, 2013, which is automatically renewed for
consecutive one year periods unless terminated by either Mr. Herbert or the Company upon at least 90 days’ notice prior to
the end of the initial term or any one year extension thereof.

Priyanka Singh

Ms. Singh’s employment agreement provides that she is employed as Chief Financial Officer effective March 31, 2017. Ms.
Singh’s employment agreement with the Company provides for an initial term through March 31, 2018, and will

63

 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

automatically  continue  for  consecutive  one-year  periods  unless  terminated  by  either  party  upon  notice  of  at  least  90  days
prior to the end of the original term or any one year renewal period.

During the 2017 fiscal year of the Company, any awards under the 2017 STI Plan and under the 2017 LTI Stock Plan would
be pro-rated from January 1, 2017 through June 30, 2017.

Ms. Singh is also entitled to be covered by all standard fringe and employee benefits made available to other employees of
the Company, including medical and dental insurance, paid vacation and holidays, a 401(k) plan and a long-term disability
plan.

Michael Lawlor

Mr. Lawlor’s employment agreement provides that he is employed as Chief Services Officer effective March 8, 2016, and as
Senior  Vice  President  of  Sales  and  Business  Development  prior  thereto.  Mr.  Lawlor’s  employment  agreement  with  the
Company  provides  for  an  initial  term  through  June  30,  2017,  and  will  automatically  continue  for  consecutive  one-year
periods unless terminated by either party upon notice of at least 60 days prior to the end of the original term or any one year
renewal period.

Mr. Lawlor is also entitled to be covered by all standard fringe and employee benefits made available to other employees of
the Company, including medical and dental insurance, paid vacation and holidays, a 401(k) plan and a long-term disability
plan.

Maeve Duska

Ms. Duska is employed as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Ms. Duska is covered by all standard fringe and
employee benefits made available to other employees of the Company, including medical and dental insurance, paid vacation
and holidays, a 401(k) plan and a long-term disability plan.

George Harrum

Mr.  Harrum’s  employment  agreement  provides  that  he  is  employed  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Operations.  Mr.  Harrum’s
employment agreement with the Company provides for a term through June 30, 2017, and will automatically continue for
consecutive one-year periods unless terminated by either party upon notice of at least 60 days prior to the end of the original
term  or  any  one  year  renewal  period.  The  employment  agreement  provides  that  Mr.  Harrum  is  eligible  to  earn  an  annual
discretionary bonus under the management incentive plan in the maximum amount of 50% of his annual base salary based
upon the Company’s and/or his performance. Mr. Harrum is also entitled to be covered by all standard fringe and employee
benefits  made  available  to  other  employees  of  the  Company,  including  medical  and  dental  insurance,  paid  vacation  and
holidays, a 401(k) plan and a long-term disability plan.

Leland P. Maxwell

Pursuant to a letter agreement between the Company and Mr. Maxwell dated January 27, 2016, and an extension effective as
of October 1, 2016, Mr. Maxwell served as the Company’s interim Chief Financial Officer from January 28, 2016 through
March  31,  2017.  As  interim  Chief  Financial  Officer,  he  was  eligible  to  participate  in  the  2016  MIP,  and  to  receive  a  cash
bonus equal to 50% of the compensation received by him from the Company during the fiscal year if the Company achieved
certain annual financial goals during and for the entire 2017 fiscal year. Effective March 31, 2017, Mr. Maxwell became the
Senior Vice President of Finance pursuant to which he receives a base salary of $235,000 and is entitled to participate in the
management incentive plan.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL

The employment agreement of Mr. Herbert includes provisions for the Company to make a payment and certain benefits to
him upon termination of employment under certain conditions or if a successor to the Company’s business or assets does not
agree to assume and perform his employment agreement as a condition to the consummation of a USA Transaction.

64

 
Table of Contents

Mr. Herbert’s employment agreement provides that if Mr. Herbert would terminate his employment with the Company for
good  reason,  or  if  the  Company  would  terminate  his  employment  without  cause,  or  if  the  Company  would  provide  Mr.
Herbert with a notice of non-renewal of his employment agreement, then the Company would pay to him a lump sum equal
to two times his base salary on or before the termination of his employment and all restricted stock awards and stock options
would become vested as of the date of termination.

The term “good reason,” as defined in the agreement, includes: (A) a material breach of the terms of the agreement by the
Company;  (B)  the  assignment  by  the  Company  to  Mr.  Herbert  of  duties  in  any  way  materially  inconsistent  with  his
authorities, duties, or responsibilities, or a material reduction or alteration in the nature or status of his authority, duties, or
responsibilities as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (C) the Company reduces Mr. Herbert’s annual base salary;
or  (D)  a  material  reduction  by  the  Company  in  the  kind  or  level  of  employee  benefits  to  which  Mr.  Herbert  is  entitled
immediately prior to such reduction with the result that his overall benefit package is significantly reduced unless such failure
to continue a plan, policy, practice or arrangement pertains to all plan participants generally. As a condition to Mr. Herbert
receiving any payments or benefits upon the termination of his employment for good reason, Mr. Herbert shall have executed
and  delivered  (and  not  revoked)  a  release  of  any  and  all  claims,  suits,  or  causes  of  action  against  the  Company  and  its
affiliates in form reasonably acceptable to the Company.

The agreement also provides that, as a condition of the consummation of a USA Transaction, the successor to the Company’s
business or assets would agree to assume and perform Mr. Herbert’s employment agreement. If any such successor would not
do so, Mr. Herbert’s employment would terminate on the date of consummation of the USA Transaction, and the Company
would pay to Mr. Herbert a lump sum equal to two times his base salary on or before the termination of his employment and
all restricted stock awards and stock options would become vested as of the date of termination.

The term “USA Transaction” means: (i) the acquisition of fifty-one percent or more of the then outstanding voting securities
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company by any person, entity or group, or (ii) the approval by
the shareholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution, or certain reorganizations, mergers, or consolidations of the
Company, or certain sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or
(iii) a change in the composition of the Board of Directors of the Company over a period of twelve (12) months or less such
that the continuing directors fail to constitute a majority of the Board.

If Mr. Herbert’s employment had been terminated as of June 30, 2017 (when the closing price per share was $5.20) (i) by him
for good reason, or (ii) by the Company without cause, or (iii) if a successor to the Company’s business or assets had not
agreed to assume and perform his employment agreement as a condition to the consummation of a USA Transaction, then
Mr. Herbert would have been entitled to receive: (a) an aggregate cash payment of twice his annual base salary or $900,000;
(b) an aggregate of 21,077 shares granted to him under the 2016 LTI Stock Plan, which would become automatically vested
as of the date of termination, with a value of $109,600; (c) options exercisable for 50,000 shares at $1.80 per share would
automatically become vested as of the date of termination with a value of $170,000; and (d) options exercisable for 20,080
shares at $4.98 per share would automatically become vested as of the date of termination with a value of $4,418.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

During  the  fiscal  year  2017,  Albin  F.  Moschner,  Steven  D.  Barnhart,  and  William  J.  Reilly,  Jr.  served  as  members  of  the
Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. No member of the Compensation Committee was, during fiscal year
2017, an officer or employee of the Company or any of our subsidiaries, or was formerly an officer of the Company or any of
our subsidiaries, or had any relationships requiring disclosure by us under Item 404 of Regulation S-K of the General Rules
and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

During the last fiscal year, none of our executive officers served as: (i) a member of the compensation committee (or other
committee  of  the  board  of  directors  performing  equivalent  functions  or,  in  the  absence  of  any  such  committee,  the  entire
board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our Compensation Committee; (ii) a director
of  another  entity,  one  of  whose  executive  officers  served  on  our  Compensation  Committee;  or  (iii)  a  member  of  the
compensation committee (or other committee of the board of directors performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of
any such committee, the entire board of directors) of another entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director on
our board of directors.

65

 
Table of Contents

 Compensation of Non-Employee Directors

Members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company receive cash and equity compensation for serving
on  the  Board  of  Directors,  as  determined  from  time  to  time  by  the  Compensation  Committee  with  subsequent  approval
thereof by the Board of Directors. Each member of the Board has the option, in his or her discretion, to receive cash or stock,
or some combination thereof, in payment of the fees due for his or her service on the Board.

Director Compensation Table

The table below summarizes the compensation of the non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017.

Name
Steven D. Barnhart
Joel Brooks
Robert L. Metzger
Albin F. Moschner
William J. Reilly, Jr.
William J. Schoch

Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($) (1)

Stock
Awards ($)

Option
Awards ($)

Total ($)

 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
 $

72,500   $
41,713   $
36,643   $
40,000   $
50,000   $
44,144   $

40,000   $
40,000   $
40,000   $
40,000   $
40,000   $
40,000   $

 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $
 —   $

112,500
81,713
76,643
80,000
90,000
84,144

(1)

During fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, we paid the following fees:

·

·

·

·

Director: each director received $25,000 for serving on the Board.

Lead Independent Director: Mr. Barnhart received $40,000.

Standing  Committees:  the  Chairman  of  each  Standing  Committee  received  an  annual  fee  of  $15,000,  and  all
other members received an annual fee of $7,500.

Special Litigation Committee: each of Messrs. Brooks and Reilly received a fee of $10,000 for serving on the
Special Litigation Committee.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the following directors elected to receive their fees, or a portion thereof,
in the Company’s common stock in lieu of cash:

· Mr. Metzger elected to receive 2,167 shares for $9,257 of fees; Mr. Reilly elected to receive 4,249 shares for

$20,000 of fees; and Mr. Schoch elected to receive 9,278 shares for $44,144 of fees.

(2)

Amounts represent the grant date fair value of the common stock, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic
718. One-third of the shares vested on July 1, 2017; one-third will vest on July 1, 2018; and one-third will vest on
July 1, 2019.

Compensation Committee Report

The  Compensation  Committee  has  reviewed  and  discussed  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  included  in  this
Form  10‑K  with  the  Company’s  management.  Based  upon  such  review  and  the  related  discussions,  the  Compensation
Committee has recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this
Form 10‑K.

Compensation Committee

Albin F. Moschner
William J. Reilly, Jr.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.

Common Stock

The following table sets forth, as of August 7, 2017, the beneficial ownership of the common stock of each of the Company’s
directors, by the named executive officers included in the Summary Compensation Table set forth above, by the Company’s
current  directors  and  executive  officers  as  a  group,  and  by  the  beneficial  owner  of  more  than  5%  of  the  common
stock.  Except  as  otherwise  indicated  below,  the  Company  believes  that  the  beneficial  owners  of  the  common  stock  listed
below, based on information furnished by such owners, have sole investment and voting power with respect to such shares,
subject to community property laws where applicable:

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
Steven D. Barnhart
Joel Brooks
Stephen P. Herbert
Michael Lawlor
Robert L. Metzger
Leland P. Maxwell
Albin F. Moschner
William J. Reilly, Jr.
William J. Schoch
Priyanka Singh
Maeve Duska
George Harrum
Forest Manor NV
All Current Directors and Executive Officers As a Group (9 Persons)
______________________________
* Less than one percent (1%)

  Number of Shares of  
Common Stock
     Beneficially Owned(2)     

345,669 (3)  
92,677 (4)  
656,058 (5)  
92,698 (6)  
29,580 (7)
 0 (8)
462,484 (9)  
125,007 (10)  
137,592 (11)  

0   
16,867 (12)  
21,667 (13)  
2,993,172 (14)
1,941,765   

Percent of
Class
*
*
1.31%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
5.98%
3.85%

(1) Beneficial  ownership  is  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and
derives  from  either  voting  or  dispositive  power  with  respect  to  securities.  Shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon
conversion  of  the  series  A  preferred  stock,  or  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options  currently
exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of August 7, 2017, are deemed to be beneficially owned for purposes hereof.

(2) The percentage of common stock beneficially owned is based on 50,017,368 shares outstanding as of August 7, 2017.

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Includes  20,000  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  to  Mr.  Barnhart  that  are
exercisable as of August 7, 2017, and 25,945 shares which have not yet vested and over which Mr. Barnhart has sole
voting power but no dispositive power.

Includes  20,000  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  to  Mr.  Brooks  that  are
exercisable  as  of  August  7,  2017,  and  25,945  shares  which  have  not  yet  vested  and  over  which  Mr.  Brooks  has  sole
voting power but no dispositive power.

Includes  72,010  shares  of  Common  Stock  beneficially  owned  by  Mr.  Herbert’s  child  and  27,440  shares  of  Common
Stock  beneficially  owned  by  his  spouse.  Includes  255,220  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock
options granted to Mr. Herbert that are exercisable as of, or within 60 days of, August 7, 2017, and 21,077 shares which
have not yet vested, and over which Mr. Herbert has sole voting power but no dispositive power.

Includes  41,667  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  to  Mr.  Lawlor  that  are
exercisable  as  of  August  7,  2017,  and  5,159  shares  which  have  not  yet  vested,  and  over  which  Mr.  Lawlor  has  sole
voting power but no dispositive power.

67

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(7)

Includes 25,945 shares which have not yet vested and over which Mr. Metzger has sole voting power but no dispositive
power.

(8) Mr.  Maxwell  served  as  the  Company’s  interim  Chief  Financial  Officer  from  January  28,  2016  until  March  31,  2017,

when he became the Senior Vice President of Finance.

(9)

Includes  1,358  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  7,000  shares  of  series  A  preferred  stock.  Also
includes  20,000  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  to  Mr.  Moschner  that  are
exercisable  as  of  August  7,  2017,  and  which  are  owned  by  Moschner  Family  LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability
company,  of  which  Mr.  Moschner  is  the  manager,  and  25,945  shares  which  have  not  yet  vested,  and  over  which  Mr.
Moschner has sole voting power but no dispositive power.

(10) Includes 100 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Mr. Reilly’s child. Also includes 97 shares of common
stock issuable upon conversion of 500 shares of series A preferred stock and 20,000 shares of common stock issuable
upon exercise of stock options granted to Mr. Reilly that are exercisable as of August 7, 2017, and 25,945 shares which
have not yet vested, and over which Mr. Reilly has sole voting power but no dispositive power.

(11) Includes  20,000  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  to  Mr.  Schoch  that  are
exercisable as of August 7, 2017, and 25,945 shares which have not yet vested, and over which Mr. Schoch has sole
voting power but no dispositive power.

(12) Includes  16,667  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  to  Ms.  Duska  that  are

exercisable as of August 7, 2017.

(13) Includes  16,667  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  to  Mr.  Harrum  that  are

exercisable as of August 7, 2017.

(14) Based upon an amended Schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2017 by Forest

Manor NV, whose business address is Albert Hahnplantsoen 23, 1077 BM, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

Preferred Stock

The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  August  7,  2017,  the  beneficial  ownership  of  the  series  A  preferred  stock  by  the
Company’s directors, by the named executive officers included in the Summary Compensation Table set forth above, by the
Company’s current directors and executive officers as a group, and by the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the series A
preferred stock. Other than the shares of series A preferred stock beneficially owned by Messrs. Moschner and Reilly, there
were  no  shares  of  series  A  preferred  stock  beneficially  owned  as  of  August  7,  2017  by  the  Company’s  directors,  by  the
named  executive  officers  included  in  the  Summary  Compensation  Table  set  forth  above,  or  by  the  current  directors  and
executive  officers  as  a  group.  Except  as  indicated  below,  the  Company  believes  that  the  beneficial  owners  of  the  series  A
preferred stock listed below, based on information furnished by such owners, have sole investment and voting power with
respect to such shares, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Name of Beneficial Owner
Albin F. Moschner
William J. Reilly, Jr.
Legion Partners Asset Management, LLC
All Current Directors and Executive Officers As a Group (9 Persons)
______________________________
Less than one percent (1%)
*

  Number of Shares of  
Series A

     Preferred Stock (1)

7,000   
500  
44,250 (2)
7,500   

Percent of
Class
1.57%
*
9.94%
1.69%

1. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and derives
from either voting or investment power with respect to securities. The percentage of series A preferred stock beneficially
owned is based on 445,063 shares outstanding as of August 7, 2017.

68

 
 
 
   
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

2. Based upon a Schedule 13D/A filed on November 4, 2016 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, each of the
following persons has shared voting and dispositive power over 44,250 shares of series A preferred stock, or 9.94% of
the 445,063 shares of series A preferred stock outstanding as of August 7, 2017: Legion Partners Asset Management,
LLC, Legion Partners, LLC, Legion Partners Holdings, LLC, Christopher S. Kiper, Bradley S. Vizi and Raymond White.
Of  the  aforementioned  44,250  shares,  Legion  Partners,  L.P.  I  has  shared  voting  and  dispositive  power  over  37,054
shares, or 8.33% of the shares of series A preferred stock outstanding as of August 7, 2017, and Legion Partners, L.P. II
has shared voting and dispositive power over 7,196 shares, or 1.62% of the shares of series A preferred stock outstanding
as  of  August  7,  2017.  The  business  address  of  each  of  the  foregoing  persons  is  9401  Wilshire  Boulevard,  Suite  705,
Beverly Hills, California 90212.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

REVIEW OR APPROVAL OF TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

We  have  adopted  a  formal  written  policy  which  is  set  forth  in  our  Audit  Committee  Charter,  that  our  executive  officers,
directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any
entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without
the prior consent of our Audit Committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director,
principal  shareholder,  or  any  of  their  immediate  family  members  or  affiliates,  in  which  the  amount  involved  exceeds
$120,000 must first be presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting
any such proposal, our Audit Committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to
the Audit Committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally
available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest
in the transaction.

In  addition,  under  our  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  our  executive  officers  and  directors  have  a  responsibility  to
disclose  any  transaction  or  relationship  that  reasonably  could  be  expected  to  interfere  with  their  exercise  of  independent
judgment or materially impair the performance of their responsibilities to our Board of Directors, which shall be responsible
for reviewing such transaction or relationship and determining whether any action needs to be taken.

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The Board of Directors has determined that Steven D. Barnhart, Joel Brooks, Robert L. Metzger, Albin F. Moschner, William
J. Reilly, Jr., and William J. Schoch, which members constitute all of the currently serving Board of Directors other than Mr.
Herbert, are independent in accordance with the applicable listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.

The  Board  of  Directors  has  a  standing  Audit  Committee,  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee,  and
Compensation Committee.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors presently consists of Mr. Metzger (Chair), Mr. Barnhart and Mr. Schoch. The
Board of Directors has determined that each of the current members of the Audit Committee is independent in accordance
with the applicable listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. The Audit Committee recommends the engagement
of  the  Company’s  independent  accountants  and  is  primarily  responsible  for  approving  the  services  performed  by  the
Company’s  independent  accountants,  for  reviewing  and  discussing  the  Company’s  audited  financial  statements  with
management,    compliance  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (“PCAOB”)  auditing  standard  No.  16  –
Communication with Audit Committee, including reviewing the independence of independent auditors, recommending to the
board  of  directors  that  the  audited  financial  statements  be  included  in  the  Company’s  annual  Form  10-K  for  the  previous
fiscal  year,  and  for  discussing  with  management  and  the  independent  auditor  any  major  issues  as  to  the  adequacy  of  the
Company’s  internal  controls  and  any  special  steps  adopted  in  light  of  material  control  deficiencies.  The  Audit  Committee
operates  pursuant  to  a  charter  that  was  last  amended  and  restated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on  April  11,  2006,  a  copy  of
which is accessible on the Company’s website, www.usatech.com.

The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  presently  consists  of  Mr.  Moschner  (Chair)  and  Mr.  Reilly.  The
Board of Directors has determined that each of the current members of the Compensation Committee is independent in

69

 
 
Table of Contents

accordance with the applicable listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. The Committee reviews and recommends
compensation  and  compensation  changes  for  the  executive  officers  of  the  Company  and  administers  the  Company’s  stock
option and restricted stock grant plans. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a charter that was adopted by the
Board of Directors in September 2007 and amended in May 2013, a copy of which is accessible on the Company’s website,
www.usatech.com.

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors presently consists of Mr. Schoch (Chair)
and Mr. Reilly. The Board of Directors has determined that each of the current members of the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee is independent in accordance with the applicable listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.
The Committee recommends to the entire Board of Directors for selection any nominees for director. The Nominating and
Corporate Committee operates pursuant to a charter that was adopted by the Board of Directors on October 26, 2012, a copy
of which is accessible on the Company’s website, www.usatech.com.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT FEES

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, fees in connection with services rendered by RSM US LLP were as set
forth below:

($ in thousands)
Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax Fees
All Other Fees
Total

Fiscal
2017

Fiscal
2016

982
693   $
9
7  
 13
 —  
 —
 —  
700   $ 1,004

  $

  $

Audit fees consisted of fees for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of quarterly financial statements and the
audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  well  as  services  normally  provided  in  connection  with  statutory  and
regulatory filings or engagements, consents and assistance with and reviews of Company documents filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission.

Audit related fees were primarily incurred in connection with our equity offerings, and fees in connection with research and
attending the annual shareholders meeting.

AUDIT COMMITTEE PRE-APPROVAL POLICY

The  Audit  Committee’s  policy  is  to  pre-approve  all  audit  and  permissible  non-audit  services  provided  by  the  independent
registered public accounting firm on a case-by-case basis.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibit
Number      Description

3.1

  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  filed  January  26,  2004  (Incorporated  by

reference to Exhibit 3.1.20 to Form 10‑QSB filed on February 12, 2004).

3.1.1

  First Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed on March 17, 2005

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to Form S‑1 Registration Statement No. 333‑124078).

70

 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

3.1.2

  Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed on December 13,

2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.2 to Form S‑1 Registration Statement No. 333‑130992).

3.1.3

  Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed on February 7, 2006

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.3 to Form 10‑K filed on September 30, 2013).

3.1.4

  Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed on July 25, 2007.

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.3 to Form 10‑K filed September 23, 2008).

3.1.5

  Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed on March 6, 2008.

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.4 to Form 10‑K filed September 23, 2008).

3.2

  Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of  the  Company  dated  as  of  April  24,  2014  (Incorporated  by  reference  to

Exhibit 3(i) to Form8‑K filed on April 30, 2014).

4.1

  Warrant dated March 29, 2016 in favor of Heritage Bank of Commerce (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2

to Form 10-K filed on September 13, 2016).

10.1

  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its officers and Directors (Incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10‑Q filed May 14, 2007).

10.2

  USA Technologies, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10‑K filed

on September 30, 2013).

10.3

  USA  Technologies,  Inc.  2014  Stock  Option  Incentive  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Appendix  A  to  the

Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on form DEF 14A filed on May 15, 2014).

10.4

10.5

 USA Technologies, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s
Definitive Proxy Statement filed on May 15, 2015).

  Amended  and  Restated  Employment  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Stephen  P.
Herbert  dated  November  30,  2011.  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  Form  8‑K  filed  December  5,
2011).

10.6

  Employment  and  Non-Competition  Agreement  dated  June  7,  2010  between  the  Company  and  Michael  Lawlor

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Form 10‑K filed on September 30, 2013).

10.6.1   First Amendment to Employment and Non-competition Agreement dated April 27, 2012 between the Company

and Michael Lawlor (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Form 10‑K filed on September 30, 2013).

10.6.2   Second Amendment Employment and Non-Competition Agreement dated as of April 29, 2016 by and between
the  Company  and  Michael  K.  Lawlor  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.19  to  Form  10-K  filed  on
September 13, 2016).

10.7

 Letter agreement dated January 27, 2016, by and between the Company and Leland P. Maxwell (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed January 28, 2016).

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

10.7.1

 Letter agreement dated September 28, 2016, by and between the Company and Leland P. Maxwell (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed October 4, 2016).

10.8

10.9

 Employment  Offer  Letter  dated  as  of  March  10,  2017,  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Priyanka  Singh
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed March 28, 2017).

  Visa Incentive Agreement between the Company and Visa U.S.A. Inc., dated as of November 14, 2014 (Portions
of  this  exhibit  were  redacted  pursuant  to  a  confidential  treatment  request)  (Incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10‑Q filed February 17, 2015).

10.10

  Mastercard  Acceptance  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Mastercard  International  Incorporated
(Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  Form  10‑Q  filed  May  15,  2015)  (Portions  of  this  exhibit  were
redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request).

10.10.1   First  Amendment  to  Mastercard  Acceptance  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Mastercard
International Incorporated dated April 27, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Form 10‑K filed
September 30, 2015) (Portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request).

10.11

10.12

10.13

  Third Party Payment Processor Agreement dated April 24, 2015 by and among the Company, JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A. and Paymentech, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10‑K filed September 30,
2015) (Portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request).

  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  March  29,  2016  by  and  between  the  Company  and  Heritage  Bank  of
Commerce (Portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request) (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10‑Q filed May 12, 2016).

Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated March 29, 2016 by and between the Company and Heritage Bank
of Commerce (Portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to a confidential treatment request) (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10‑Q filed May 12, 2016).

10.13.1   Second  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  September  30,  2016  by  and  between  the
Company  and  Heritage  Bank  of  Commerce    (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  Form  10-Q  filed
February 8, 2017) (Portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to a confidentiality treatment request).

10.13.2   Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 24, 2017 by and between the Company and
Heritage  Bank  of  Commerce  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  Form  10-Q  filed  May  10,  2017)
(Portions of this exhibit were redacted pursuant to a confidentiality treatment request).

10.14

  Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 15, 2016 by and between the Company and VendScreen, Inc. (Portions
of  this  exhibit  were  redacted  pursuant  to  a  confidential  treatment  request)  (Incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 2.1 to Form 10‑Q filed May 12, 2016).

21

  List  of  significant  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  21  to  Form  S‑1  filed  on

March 16, 2010).

23.1*

  Consent of RSM US LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

72

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

31.1*

  Certifications of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

31.2*

  Certifications of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

32.1*

  Certification  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  pursuant  to  18  USC  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2*

  Certification  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  pursuant  to  18  USC  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS*   XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH*  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL*  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB*  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

*

Filed herewith.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

($ in thousands)

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
June 30, 2017
June 30, 2016
June 30, 2015

INVENTORY
June 30, 2017
June 30, 2016
June 30, 2015

SCHEDULE II
USA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2017, 2016, AND 2015

Balance at
beginning
of period

Deductions
uncollectible  
receivables

Additions
charged to   written off, net 
earnings

      of recoveries      

Balance
at end
of period

  $
  $
  $

2,814   $
1,309   $
63   $

856   $
1,576   $
1,409   $

521   $
71   $
163   $

3,149
2,814
1,309

Balance at
beginning
of period

Additions
charged to  
earnings

Deductions,
Shrinkage and  
      obsolescence      

Balance
at end
of period

  $
  $
  $

1,297   $
944   $
765   $

799   $
943   $
551   $

139   $
590   $
372   $

1,957
1,297
944

74

 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

USA TECHNOLOGIES, INC

By: /s/ Stephen P. Herbert
Stephen P. Herbert, Chairman
And Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURES

TITLE

DATE

/s/ Stephen P. Herbert
Stephen P. Herbert

/s/ Priyanka Singh
Priyanka Singh, CPA

/s/ Steven D. Barnhart
Steven D. Barnhart

/s/ Joel Brooks
Joel Brooks

/s/ Robert L. Metzger
Robert L. Metzger

/s/ Albin F. Moschner
Albin F. Moschner

/s/ William J. Reilly, Jr.
William J. Reilly, Jr.

/s/ William J. Schoch
William J. Schoch

  Chairman of the Board of Directors
  and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

  Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

  Director

75

August 22, 2017

August 22, 2017

August 22, 2017

August 22, 2017

August 22, 2017

August 22, 2017

August 22, 2017

August 22, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statement  (Nos.  333-217818,  333-199009,  and  333-
198049)  on  Form  S-8  of  USA  Technologies,  Inc.  of  our  reports  dated  August  22,  2017,  relating  to  the  consolidated
financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of USA Technologies, Inc. which
appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2017.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ RSM US LLP

New York, NY
August 22, 2017

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Stephen P. Herbert, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of USA Technologies, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present

in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report
is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based upon such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, of internal control
over financial reporting to the auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  controls  over  financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 22, 2017

/s/ Stephen P. Herbert
Stephen P. Herbert,
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, Priyanka Singh, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of USA Technologies, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present

in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report
is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based upon such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, of internal control
over financial reporting to the auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: August 22, 2017

/s/ Priyanka Singh
Priyanka Singh,
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In  connection  with  the  accompanying  Annual  Report  of  USA  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  Pennsylvania  corporation  (the
“Company”),  on  Form  10‑K  for  the  period  ended  June  30,  2017  (the  “Report”),  I,  Stephen  P.  Herbert,  Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350), that, to my
knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of

operations of the Company.

Date: August 22, 2017

/s/ Stephen P. Herbert
Stephen P. Herbert,
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002
(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

Exhibit 32.2

In  connection  with  the  accompanying  Annual  Report  of  USA  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  Pennsylvania  corporation  (the
“Company”), on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2017 (the “Report”), I, Priyanka Singh, Chief Financial Officer of
the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350), that, to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of

operations of the Company.

Date: August 22, 2017

/s/ Priyanka Singh
Priyanka Singh,
Chief Financial Officer